Table of Contents

 

 

FORM 6‑K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Report of Foreign Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a‑16 or 15d‑16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the month of July, 2019

Commission File Number: 001‑12518

Banco Santander, S.A.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ciudad Grupo Santander

28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid) Spain

(Address of principal executive office)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20‑F or Form 40‑F:

 

 

 

 

Form 20‑F

   X   

Form 40‑F

            

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6‑K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

 

 

 

 

Yes

            

No

    X        

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6‑K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

 

 

 

 

Yes

            

No

     X     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Item

 

Part 1  

Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing Santander Group – Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

 

 

Part 2  

Director´s Report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

PICTURE 55

   

 

 

 

PART 1.  INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Simple Personal Fair

PICTURE 11

 

 

 

 

 

3

Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(a) Index to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

   

Page

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (unaudited)  

 

6

Condensed Consolidated  Income Statements for the Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 (unaudited)  

 

8

Notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements  

 

13

 

4

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing Santander Group

 

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails .

 

5

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails

 

SANTANDER GROUP

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS AT JUNE 30, 2019 AND DECEMBER 31, 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

    

    

Note

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

CASH, CASH BALANCES AT CENTRAL BANKS AND OTHER DEPOSITS ON DEMAND

 

 

 

 

104,104

 

113,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

 

 

5

 

102,574

 

92,879

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

28,424

 

23,495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-TRADING FINANCIAL ASSETS MANDATORILY AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

5

 

5,393

 

10,730

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

5

 

73,420

 

57,460

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

8,221

 

6,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

5

 

118,062

 

121,091

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

26,458

 

35,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST

 

 

5

 

981,046

 

946,099

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

20,466

 

18,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

 

 

 

 

8,451

 

8,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RISK

 

 

 

 

1,621

 

1,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS

 

 

 

 

7,788

 

7,588

Joint ventures entities

 

 

 

 

962

 

979

Associated entities

 

 

 

 

6,826

 

6,609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS UNDER INSURANCE OR REINSURANCE CONTRACTS

 

 

 

 

311

 

324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

7

 

33,755

 

26,157

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

32,651

 

24,594

For own-use

 

 

 

 

14,522

 

8,150

Leased out under an operating lease

 

 

 

 

18,129

 

16,444

Investment property

 

 

 

 

1,104

 

1,563

Of which : Leased out under an operating lease

 

 

 

 

794

 

1,195

Memorandum items: acquired in lease

 

 

 

 

6,608

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

8

 

28,794

 

28,560

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

25,613

 

25,466

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

3,181

 

3,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAX ASSETS

 

 

 

 

30,102

 

30,251

Current tax assets

 

 

 

 

6,502

 

6,993

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

23,600

 

23,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

12,140

 

9,348

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

 

 

 

207

 

210

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 5

 

147

Other

 

 

 

 

11,928

 

8,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

 

6

 

4,535

 

5,426

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

 

1,512,096

 

1,459,271

 

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated balance sheet as at June 30, 2019.

6

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails

 

SANTANDER GROUP

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS AT JUNE 30, 2019 AND DECEMBER 31, 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

    

Note

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

 

 

9

 

74,187

 

70,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

9

 

60,237

 

68,058

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTISED COST

 

 

9

 

1,224,194

 

1,171,630

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

 

 

 

 

21,419

 

23,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

 

 

 

 

7,267

 

6,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

 

 

 

 

296

 

303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE OR REINSURANCE CONTRACTS

 

 

 

 

731

 

765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISIONS

 

 

 

 

14,571

 

13,225

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations

 

 

10

 

6,216

 

5,558

Other long term employee benefits

 

 

10

 

1,708

 

1,239

Taxes and other legal contingencies

 

 

10

 

3,153

 

3,174

Contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

14

 

728

 

779

Other provisions

 

 

10

 

2,766

 

2,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAX LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

9,838

 

8,135

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

3,230

 

2,567

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

6,608

 

5,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

10,790

 

13,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

1,402,111

 

1,351,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS´ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

120,054

 

118,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAPITAL

 

 

11

 

8,118

 

8,118

Called up paid capital

 

 

 

 

8,118

 

8,118

Unpaid capital which has been called up

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Memorandum items: uncalled up capital

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

SHARE PREMIUM

 

 

 

 

50,993

 

50,993

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED OTHER THAN CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

581

 

565

Equity component of the compound financial instrument

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other equity instruments issued

 

 

 

 

581

 

565

OTHER EQUITY

 

 

 

 

155

 

234

ACCUMULATED RETAINED EARNINGS

 

 

 

 

61,049

 

56,756

REVALUATION RESERVES

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

OTHER RESERVES

 

 

 

 

(4,061)

 

(3,567)

(-) OWN SHARES

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

(59)

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS OF THE PARENT

 

 

3

 

3,231

 

7,810

(-) INTERIM DIVIDENDS

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(2,237)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

 

 

(21,425)

 

(22,141)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEMS NOT RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

11

 

(3,625)

 

(2,936)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEMS THAT MAY BE RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

11

 

(17,800)

 

(19,205)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

 

 

 

 

11,356

 

10,889

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(1,149)

 

(1,292)

Other items

 

 

 

 

12,505

 

12,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

109,985

 

107,361

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

1,512,096

 

1,459,271

MEMORANDUM ITEMS: OFF BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

Loan commitments granted

 

 

 

 

223,954

 

218,083

Financial guarantees granted

 

 

 

 

12,077

 

11,723

Other commitments granted

 

 

 

 

94,785

 

74,389

 

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated balance sheet as at June 30, 2019.

 

7

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails

 

SANTANDER GROUP

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS

ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debit/Credit

 

 

 

 

 

01-01-2019 to

 

01-01-2018 to

 

 

 

Note

 

06-30-2019

 

06-30-2018

Interest income

 

 

 

 

28,669

 

26,904

Financial assets at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

2,020

 

2,548

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

24,396

 

23,011

Other interest income

 

 

 

 

2,253

 

1,345

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

(11,033)

 

(9,973)

Interest income/ (charges)

 

 

 

 

17,636

 

16,931

Dividend income

 

 

 

 

361

 

264

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

 

 

 

 

306

 

354

Commission income

 

 

 

 

7,502

 

7,475

Commission expense

 

 

 

 

(1,639)

 

(1,586)

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

 

 

 

350

 

326

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

105

 

16

Other financial assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

245

 

310

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

1,197

Reclassification of financial assets from fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Reclassification of financial assets from amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other gains or (-) losses

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

1,197

Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

215

 

56

Reclassification of financial assets from fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Reclassification of financial assets from amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other gains or (-) losses

 

 

 

 

215

 

56

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

 

 

 

(207)

 

132

Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

33

Exchange differences, net

 

 

 

 

191

 

(890)

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

855

 

813

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

(1,136)

 

(979)

Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

 

 

 

1,630

 

1,756

Expenses from liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

 

 

 

(1,590)

 

(1,720)

Total income

 

 

 

 

24,436

 

24,162

Administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

(10,110)

 

(10,265)

Personnel expenses

 

 

 

 

(6,080)

 

(5,960)

Other general and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

(4,030)

 

(4,305)

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

(1,477)

 

(1,217)

Provisions or reversal of provisions, net

 

 

 

 

(1,916)

 

(1,262)

Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through  profit or loss, net

 

 

 

 

(4,368)

 

(4,352)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

(1)

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

5

 

(4,362)

 

(4,351)

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Impairment on non-financial assets, net

 

 

 

 

(27)

 

(96)

Tangible assets

 

 

 

 

(19)

 

(33)

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(64)

Others

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

 1

Gain or losses on non financial assets and investments, net

 

 

 

 

250

 

23

Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

 

 

6

 

(257)

 

(94)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

 

 

 

6,531

 

6,899

Tax expense or income from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

(2,449)

 

(2,378)

Profit for the period from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

4,082

 

4,521

Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Profit for the period

 

 

 

 

4,082

 

4,521

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

851

 

769

Profit attributable to the parent

 

 

 

 

3,231

 

3,752

Earnings per share

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

0.18

 

0.22

Diluted

 

 

 

 

0.18

 

0.22

 

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated income statement for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

 

8

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails

 

SANTANDER GROUP

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018
(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

01-01-2019 to

    

01-01-2018 to

 

    

    

Note

 

06-30-2019

 

06-30-2018

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD

 

 

 

 

4,082

 

4,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

859

 

(2,000)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

(708)

 

538

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

 

11

 

(833)

 

981

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other recognised income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(21)

 

(136)

Gains or losses resulting from the accounting for hedges of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

    Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (hedged item)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

    Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (hedging instrument)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk

 

 

 

 

(120)

 

(33)

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified

 

 

 

 

266

 

(274)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

1,567

 

(2,538)

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)

 

 

11

 

(762)

 

293

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

(762)

 

293

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Exchanges differences

 

 

11

 

921

 

(2,437)

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

921

 

(2,437)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Cash flow hedges (effective portion)

 

 

 

 

127

 

(138)

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

260

 

(644)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

(133)

 

506

Transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Hedging instruments (items not designated)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

1,891

 

(549)

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

2,131

 

(269)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

(240)

 

(280)

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Share of other recognised income and expense of investments

 

 

 

 

26

 

(85)

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

(636)

 

378

Total recognised income and expenses

 

 

 

 

4,941

 

2,521

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

994

 

587

Attributable to the parent

 

 

 

 

3,947

 

1,934

 

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

 

 

 

9

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails

 

SANTANDER GROUP

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY
FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

instruments

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable   to

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

issued

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

(-) Own

 

shareholders

 

(-) Interim

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

shares

    

of the parent

    

dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as at 12-31-18

 

 

8,118

 

50,993

 

565

 

234

 

56,756

 

 —

 

(3,567)

 

(59)

 

7,810

 

(2,237)

 

(22,141)

 

(1,292)

 

12,181

 

107,361

Adjustments due to errors

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(391)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(391)

Opening balance as at 01-01-19

 

 

8,118

 

50,993

 

565

 

234

 

56,756

 

 —

 

(3,958)

 

(59)

 

7,810

 

(2,237)

 

(22,141)

 

(1,292)

 

12,181

 

106,970

Total recognised income and expense

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

3,231

 

 —

 

716

 

143

 

851

 

4,941

Other changes in equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

16

 

(79)

 

4,293

 

 —

 

(103)

 

47

 

(7,810)

 

2,237

 

 —

 

 —

 

(527)

 

(1,926)

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of preferred shares

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Capital reduction

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Dividends

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,055)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(592)

 

(1,647)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(522)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(522)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(6)

 

569

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

563

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfers between equity items

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

5,348

 

 —

 

225

 

 —

 

(7,810)

 

2,237

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Increases (decreases) due to business combinations

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

81

 

81

Share-based payment

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(77)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(77)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

16

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(322)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(16)

 

(324)

Balance as at 06-30-2019

 

 

8,118

 

50,993

 

581

 

155

 

61,049

 

 —

 

(4,061)

 

(12)

 

3,231

 

 —

 

(21,425)

 

(1,149)

 

12,505

 

109,985

 

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of changes in total equity

for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

10

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails

SANTANDER GROUP

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

instruments

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

issued

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

(-) Own

 

shareholders

 

(-) Interim

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

(*)

 

    

<

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

shares

    

of the parent

    

dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as at 12-31-17

 

 

8,068

 

51,053

 

525

 

216

 

53,437

 

 —

 

(1,602)

 

(22)

 

6,619

 

(2,029)

 

(21,776)

 

(1,436)

 

13,780

 

106,833

Adjustments due to errors

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

112

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(291)

 

241

 

(1,533)

 

(1,471)

Opening balance as at 01-01-18

 

 

8,068

 

51,053

 

525

 

216

 

53,437

 

 —

 

(1,490)

 

(22)

 

6,619

 

(2,029)

 

(22,067)

 

(1,195)

 

12,247

 

105,362

Total recognised income and expense

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

3,752

 

 —

 

(1,818)

 

(182)

 

769

 

2,521

Other changes in equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

17

 

(1)

 

3,530

 

 —

 

(62)

 

(39)

 

(6,619)

 

980

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,244)

 

(3,438)

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of preferred shares

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Capital reduction

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Dividends

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(968)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,049)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(418)

 

(2,435)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(624)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(624)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

585

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

586

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfers between equity items

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,498

 

 —

 

92

 

 —

 

(6,619)

 

2,029

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Increases (decreases) due to business combinations

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(822)

 

(822)

Share-based payment

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(69)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

17

 

(52)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

17

 

68

 

 —

 

 —

 

(155)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(21)

 

(91)

Balance as at 06-30-2018

 

 

8,068

 

51,053

 

542

 

215

 

56,967

 

 —

 

(1,552)

 

(61)

 

3,752

 

(1,049)

 

(23,885)

 

(1,377)

 

11,772

 

104,445

 

(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

 

11

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails

 

SANTANDER GROUP

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Note

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

A. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

(1,700)

 

(7,132)

Profit for the period

 

 

 

 

4,082

 

4,521

Adjustments made to obtain the cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

12,166

 

11,360

Depreciation and amortisation cost

 

 

 

 

1,477

 

1,217

Other adjustments

 

 

 

 

10,689

 

10,143

Net increase/(decrease) in operating assets

 

 

 

 

51,210

 

30,839

Financial assets held-for-trading

 

 

 

 

9,023

 

(11,425)

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

(5,551)

 

658

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

15,595

 

7,655

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(6,895)

 

(2,306)

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

36,158

 

33,482

Other operating assets

 

 

 

 

2,880

 

2,775

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities

 

 

 

 

34,238

 

8,983

Financial liabilities held-for-trading

 

 

 

 

3,370

 

(31,499)

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

(9,604)

 

(1,621)

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

44,787

 

45,219

Other operating liabilities

 

 

 

 

(4,315)

 

(3,116)

Income tax recovered/(paid)

 

 

 

 

(976)

 

(1,157)

B. CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

(1,647)

 

6,490

Payments

 

 

 

 

4,617

 

5,550

Tangible assets

 

 

7

 

4,053

 

4,926

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

499

 

624

Investments

 

 

 

 

 7

 

 —

Subsidiaries and other business units

 

 

2

 

58

 

 —

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Other payments related to investing activities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Proceeds

 

 

 

 

2,970

 

12,040

Tangible assets

 

 

7

 

929

 

2,459

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Investments

 

 

 

 

363

 

548

Subsidiaries and other business units

 

 

 

 

85

 

431

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

 

 

6

 

1,593

 

8,602

Other proceeds related to investing activities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

C. CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

(6,299)

 

(811)

Payments

 

 

 

 

7,915

 

4,385

Dividends

 

 

3

 

2,110

 

1,936

Subordinated liabilities

 

 

 

 

4,137

 

1,341

Redemption of own equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

Acquisition of own equity instruments

 

 

 

 

522

 

624

Other payments related to financing activities

 

 

 

 

1,146

 

484

Proceeds

 

 

 

 

1,616

 

3,574

Subordinated liabilities

 

 

 

 

1,056

 

2,987

Issuance of own equity instruments

 

 

11

 

 —

 

 —

Disposal of own equity instruments

 

 

 

 

560

 

587

Other proceeds related to financing activities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

D. EFFECT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE DIFFERENCES

 

 

 

 

87

 

(1,855)

E. NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

(9,559)

 

(3,308)

F. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

 

 

113,663

 

110,995

G. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

 

 

 

 

104,104

 

107,687

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

7,606

 

6,540

Cash equivalents at central banks

 

 

 

 

80,471

 

84,721

Other financial assets

 

 

 

 

16,027

 

16,426

Less: Bank overdrafts refundable on demand

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

 

 

 

 

104,104

 

107,687

In which: restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

12

Table of Contents

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

 

Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing Santander Group

 

Explanatory notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019

 

1.    Introduction, basis of presentation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and other information

 

a)    Introduction

Banco Santander, S.A. (“Bank” or “Banco Santander”) is a private-law entity subject to the rules and regulations applicable to banks operating in Spain. The Bylaws and other public information of the Bank can be consulted at its registered office at Paseo de Pereda 9-12, Santander.

In addition to the operations carried on directly by it, the Bank is the head of a group of subsidiaries that engage in various business activities and which compose, together with it, Santander Group (“Group” or “Santander Group”).

The Group's interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019 (“interim financial statements”) were authorised by the Group's directors at the board of directors meeting held on July 21, 2019. The Group’s consolidated annual accounts for year 2018 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s annual general meeting on April 12, 2019.

b)    Basis of presentation of the interim financial statements

 

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated annual accounts for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRSs”). In order to adapt the accounting system of Spanish credit institutions to these standards, the Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004, of December 22, on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats, which was repealed on January 1, 2018 by Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017, of November 27, 2017, and subsequent modifications.

The consolidated annual accounts for 2018 were approved at the board of directors meeting on February 26, 2019 in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, taking into account Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017, and subsequent modifications, using the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases described in Note 2 to the aforementioned consolidated annual accounts and, accordingly, they presented fairly the Group’s consolidated equity and consolidated financial position at December 31, 2018 and the consolidated results of its operations, and the consolidated cash flows in 2018. The aforementioned consolidated annual accounts, which are included in the Group’s Form 20-F filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2019, and these interim financial statements are also in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”, and together with EU-IFRS, “IFRS”).

These interim financial statements were prepared and are presented in accordance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34, Interim Financial Reporting, for the preparation of interim condensed financial statements, in conformity with Article 12 of Royal Decree 1362/2007, and taking into account the requirements of Circular 3/2018, of June 28, of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (“CNMV”). The aforementioned interim financial statements were included in the half-year financial report for the first semester of 2019 to be presented by the Group in accordance with the Circular 3/2018.

In accordance with IAS34, the interim financial statements are intended only to provide an update on the content of the latest consolidated annual accounts authorised for issue, focusing on new activities, events and circumstances occurring during the six-month period, and does not duplicate information previously reported in the latest consolidated annual accounts. Consequently, these interim financial statements do not include all the information that would be required for a complete set of consolidated annual accounts prepared in accordance with IFRSs and, accordingly, for a proper comprehension of the information included in these interim financial statements, they should be read together with the Group’s consolidated annual accounts for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Santander Group policies include presenting the interim financial statements for its use in the different markets using the Euro as its presentation currency. The amounts held in other currencies and the balances of entities whose functional currency is not the Euro, have been translated to the presentation currency in accordance with the criteria indicated in Note 2.a to the consolidated annual accounts for 2018. As indicated in that note, for practical reasons, the balance sheet amount has been converted to the closing exchange rate, the equity to the historical type, and the income and expenses have been converted by applying the average exchange

13

Table of Contents

rate of the period; the application of such exchange rate or that corresponding to the date of each transaction does not lead to significant differences in the interim financial statements of the Group.

The accounting policies and methods used in preparing these interim financial statements are the same as those applied in the consolidated annual accounts for 2018, taking into account the standards and interpretations which came into effect for the Group in the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, which are detailed below:

-

IFRS16 Leases

On January 1, 2019, IFRS16 Leases came effective. IFRS16 establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and breakdown of lease contracts, with the objective of ensuring reporting information that faithfully represents the lease transactions. The Group has adopted the standard, using the modified retrospective approach from January 1, 2019, not restating the comparative financial statements for 2018, as permitted under the specific transitional provisions of the standard.

The adoption of IFRS16 has led to changes in the Group's accounting policies for the recognition, measurement, presentation and breakdown of lease contracts.

The main aspects contained in the new regulations and the breakdowns relating to the impact of the adoption of IFRS16 in the Group are included below:

a) Lease accounting policy

Since January 1, 2019, leases are recognised as right-of-use assets and the corresponding liability on the date on which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and the finance charge. The finance charge is allocated to the income statement during the term of the lease in such a way as to produce a constant periodic interest rate on the remaining balance of the liability for each year. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset or the lease term, whichever is shorter, on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured at present value. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

·

Fixed payments (including essentially fixed payments), less any lease incentive receivable,

·

Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate,

·

The amounts expected to be paid by the lessee under residual value guarantees,

·

The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option, and

·

Lease termination penalty payments, if the term of the lease reflects the lessee's exercise of that option.

Lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. Given in certain situations this interest rate cannot be obtained, the discount rate used is the lessee's incremental borrowing rate at the related date. For this purpose, the entity has calculated this incremental interest rate taking as reference the listed debt instruments issued by the Group; in this regard, the Group has estimated different interest rate curves depending on the currency and economic environment in which the contracts are located.

In order to construct the incremental interest rate, a methodology has been developed at the corporate level. This methodology is based on the need for each Entity to consider its economic and financial situation, for which the following factors must be considered:

·

Economic and political situation (country risk).

·

Credit risk of the company.

·

Monetary policy.

·

Volume and seniority of the company’s debt instrument issues.

The incremental interest rate is defined as the interest rate that a lessee would have to pay for borrowing, given a similar period to the duration of the lease and with similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the asset by right of use in a similar economic environment. The Group Entities have a wide stock and variety of financing instruments issued in different currencies to that of the euro (pound, dollar, etc.) that provide sufficient information to be able to determine an "all in rate" (reference rate plus adjustment for credit spread at different terms and in different currencies). In circumstances, where the leasing company

14

Table of Contents

has its own financing, this has been used as the starting point for determining the incremental interest rate. On the other hand, for those Group entities that do not have their own financing, the information from the financing of the consolidated subgroup to which they belong was used as the starting point for estimating the entity's curve, analysing other factors to assess whether it is necessary to make any type of negative or positive adjustment to the initially estimated credit spread.

Right-of-use assets are valued at cost which includes the following:

·

The amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability,

·

Any lease payment made at or before the start date less any lease incentive received,

·

Any initial direct costs, and

·

Restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term less than or equal to 12 months.

b) Recognised effects on the adoption of the standard

With the adoption of IFRS16, the Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases previously classified as "operating leases" under the principles of IAS17 Leases in force at December 31, 2018. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate at January 1, 2019. At the date of first application, the weighted average discount rate was 4.5%, mainly due to the contribution of rented properties in Spain.

For leases previously classified as finance leases, the Group recognised the carrying amount of the lease asset and lease liability immediately before transition as the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset and lease liability on the initial effective date. The measurement principles in IFRS16 apply only after that date.

The Group has considered the practical expedients defined in paragraph C10 of the standard in the application of the modified retrospective method. Such application shall be made on a contract-by-contract basis and shall not provide for the application of any of the waivers on a generalised basis.

A reconciliation between the operating lease commitments at December 31, 2018 and the lease liability recognised at January 1, 2019 is detailed below:

 

 

 

 

    

Millions of

 

 

euros

 

 

 

Operating lease commitments at December 31, 2018

 

8,699

Amount of operating lease commitments discounted by the Group rate

 

6,550

(+) Liabilities under financial leases at December 31, 2018

 

96

(-) Short-term leases recognised as expenses on a straight-line basis

 

(20)

(-) Low-value leases recognised as expenses on a straight-line basis

 

(2)

(-) Contracts revalued as service contracts

 

 —

(+)/(-) Adjustments resulting from different treatment of extension and termination options

 

556

(+)/(-) Adjustments related to changes in the index or rate affecting variable payments

 

 —

Lease liability at January 1, 2019

 

7,180

 

As a result of the entry into force of IFRS16, the impact of the first application recorded by the Group corresponds, mainly, to the recognition of assets for right of use for an amount of EUR 6,665 million, financial liabilities for an amount of EUR 7,084 million and an negative impact on the Group's equity of EUR 391 million. The impact of the first application of IFRS16 on the ordinary capital ratio (Common Equity Tier 1 - CET 1) was -20 b.p.

- IFRIC23 Uncertainty about the treatment of income tax - applies to the determination of taxable profit or loss, tax bases, unused tax loss carry forwards, unused tax credits and tax rates when there is uncertainty about the treatment of taxes under IAS12.

- Amendment to IFRS9 Financial Instruments - allows entities to measure certain financial assets prepayable with a negative offset at amortised cost. These assets, which include some loans and debt securities, would have had to be measured at fair value through profit or loss.

In order to apply measurement at amortised cost, the negative offset must be 'reasonable compensation for early termination of the contract' and the asset must be maintained within a 'held-to-collect' business model.

15

Table of Contents

- Amendment to IAS28 Investments in associates and joint ventures - the amendments clarify the accounting for long-term interests in an associate or joint venture, which are essentially part of the net investment in the associate or joint venture, but to which equity accounting is not applied. Entities must account for such interest under IFRS9 Financial Instruments before applying the allocation of losses and IAS28 impairment requirements in Investments in associates and joint ventures.

- Amendment to IAS19 Employee Benefits – clarifies the accounting of the amendments, reductions and settlements on defined benefit plans.

- Amendment to IFRS 2015-2017 introduces minor amendments to IFRS3, IFRS11, IAS12 and IAS23:

IFRS3, Business Combinations - clarifies that obtaining control of a business that is a joint venture is a business combination achieved in stages.

IFRS11, Joint Arrangements - clarifies that the party that obtains joint control of a business that is a joint venture should not reassess its previous interest in the joint venture.

IAS12, Income Taxes - clarifies that the income tax consequences of dividends on financial instruments classified as equity should be recognised according to where the past transactions or events that generated distributable profits were recognised.

IAS23, Borrowing Costs - clarifies that if a specific loan remains outstanding after the related qualifying asset is ready for sale or intended use, it becomes part of generic loans.

The application of the aforementioned amendments to accounting standards and interpretations did not have any material effects on the Group's interim financial statements.

At the date of preparation of these interim financial statements there are no standards pending adoption by the European Union which came into force on January 1, 2019.

c)    Use of critical estimates

The consolidated results and the determination of the consolidated equity are sensitive to the accounting principles and policies, valuation criteria and estimates used by the directors of the Bank in preparing the interim financial statements. The main accounting principles, policies, and valuation criteria are indicated in Note 2 of the consolidated annual accounts of the year 2018, except for those indicated in these interim financial statements due to the rules that have come into effect during the first six months of the year 2019.

The interim financial statements contain estimates made by the senior management of the Bank and of the consolidated entities in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and obligations reported herein. These estimates, which were made on the basis of the best information available, relate mainly to the following:

1.

The income tax expense, which, in accordance with IAS34, is recognised in interim periods based on the best estimate of the weighted average tax rate expected by the Group for the full financial year;

2.

The impairment losses on certain assets – Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, financial assets at amortised cost, non-current assets held for sale, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, tangible assets and intangible assets;

3.

The assumptions used in the calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments and other obligations;

4.

The useful life of the tangible and intangible assets;

5.

The measurement of goodwill impairment arising on consolidation;

6.

The calculation of provisions and the consideration of contingent liabilities;

7.

The fair value of certain unquoted assets and liabilities;

8.

The recoverability of deferred tax assets.

In the six-month period ended June 30, 2019 there were no significant changes in the estimates made at the 2018 year-end other than those indicated in these interim financial statements.

16

Table of Contents

d)    Contingent assets and liabilities

Note 2.o to the Group's consolidated annual accounts for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes information on the contingent assets and liabilities at that date. There were no significant changes in the Group’s contingent assets and liabilities from December 31, 2018 to the date of formal preparation of these interim financial statements.

e)    Comparative information

The information for the year 2018 contained in these interim financial statements is only presented for comparison purposes with the information relating to the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, except for the effect of hyperinflation in Argentina on the six-month period ended June 30, 2018 balances in accordance with current legislation (see Note 1.h of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts).

In this respect, the segment information corresponding to the first semester of 2018 is recasted for comparative purposes, in accordance with the new organizational structure of the Group, as required by IFRS8 (Note 12).

In order to interpret the changes in the balances with respect to December 31, 2018, it is necessary to take into consideration the exchange rate effect arising from the volume of foreign currency balances held by the Group in view of its geographic diversity (Note 51.b to the consolidated annual accounts for the year ended December 31, 2018) and the impact of the appreciation/depreciation of the various currencies against the euro in the first six months of 2019: Mexican peso (3.08%), US dollar (0.62%), Brazilian real (2.14%), Argentine peso (-10.71%), Pound sterling (-0.23%), Chilean peso (2.68%) and Polish zloty (1.22%); as well as the evolution of the average exchange rates between comparable periods: Mexican peso (6.59%), US dollar (7.10%), Brazilian real (-4.76%), Argentine peso (-44.62%), Pound sterling (0.73%), Chilean peso (-2.94%) and Polish zloty (-1.68%).

f)    Seasonality of the Group’s transactions

The business activities carried on by the Group entities, and their transactions are not cyclical or seasonal in nature. Therefore, no specific disclosures are included in these explanatory notes to the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

g)    Materiality

In determining the note disclosures to be made on the various items in the interim financial statements or other matters, the Group, in accordance with IAS 34, took into account their materiality in relation to the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019.

h)    Events after the reporting period.

From July 1, 2019 until the approval date of the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended  June 30, 2019, no significant events other than those indicated in the interim financial statements have occurred.

i)    Other information

Negotiations for the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union

On June 23, 2016, the UK held a referendum on EU membership in which the majority voted in favour of leaving the EU. There remains a great deal of uncertainty about the UK's exit and its future relationship with the European Union and with regard to the UK's future trading relationship with the rest of the world.

On March 29, 2017, pursuant to Article 50(2) of the Treaty on European Union, the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom notified her intention to leave the European Union. The activation of this Article initiated a two-year negotiation period to determine the terms of the United Kingdom's exit from the European Union and the framework for the United Kingdom's future relationship with the European Union.

The Prime Minister presented to the Parliament of the United Kingdom an exit agreement that established the basic terms for the United Kingdom departure agreed with the European Union. However, the Prime Minister has not achieved a majority for the approval of the exit agreement in the House of Commons which has led her to agree to an extension of Article 50. As a result, the United Kingdom would formally leave the European Union on October 31, 2019.

After the repeated failures of the Prime Minister to approve the exit agreement in the United Kingdom Parliament, on May 24, 2019 she announced that she would resign from her positions both as Prime Minister and as leader of the Conservative party.

17

Table of Contents

There is also the possibility that UK's membership in the EU will end without reaching any agreement on the terms of its future relationship. Moreover, at the date of this document, the exit agreement, which provides for a transitional period while the future relationship is being negotiated, has not been ratified by the UK parliament.

The outcome of Brexit remains uncertain; however, the UK's exit from the European Union without an agreement remains a possibility and the consensus position is that it would have a negative impact on the UK economy and its growth prospects. While it is difficult to predict the long-term effects of the UK's imminent exit from the European Union, in the short term the situation is one of economic and political uncertainty.

Santander UK is subject to significant regulation and supervision by the European Union. Although legislation has already been passed transferring EU standards to UK standards, uncertainty persists as to the legal and regulatory environments in which the Group's subsidiaries will operate in the UK when that country is no longer a member of the European Union, and the framework in which cross-border banking business will take place after Brexit.

At the operational level, the Group's UK subsidiaries and other financial institutions may no longer be able to rely on the European cross-border framework for financial services and it is not clear what the alternative regime after Brexit will be. This uncertainty and the measures taken as a result of it, as well as the new or amended rules could have a significant impact on the Group's operations, profitability and business.

The aforementioned UK political developments, together with other changes in the structure and policies of government, could lead to greater market volatility and changes in the tax, monetary and regulatory landscape in which the Group operates and could have material adverse effects on its access to capital and liquidity under acceptable conditions and, more generally, on its business, financial position and operating results. The Group's best estimate at the date of preparation of the interim financial statements has considered these circumstances in its assessment of the various affected items in the consolidated annual accounts, mainly in the recoverability of the cash-generating unit that supports Santander UK's goodwill.

 

2.    Santander Group

 

Appendices I, II and III to the consolidated annual accounts for the year ended December 31, 2018 provide relevant information on the Group companies at that date and on the companies accounted for under the equity method.

Also, Note 3 to the aforementioned consolidated annual accounts includes a description of the most significant acquisitions and disposals of companies performed by the Group in 2018, 2017 and 2016.

The most significant transactions performed during the first semester of 2019 or pending at June 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

Reorganization of the banking insurance business, asset management and pension plans in Spain

 

On June 24, 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. has reached an agreement with the Allianz Group to terminate the agreement that Banco Popular Español, S.A. (“Banco Popular”) held in Spain with the Allianz Group for the exclusive distribution of certain life insurance products, non-life insurance products, collective investment institutions, and pension plans through the Banco Popular network (the “Termination Agreement”).

 

The Termination Agreement will entail the payment by Santander Group of EUR 936.5 million (including any dividend prior to the closing of the transaction).

 

It is expected that, upon completion of the Termination Agreement and subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, 51% of life-risk insurance business and 51% of the future Non-life Insurance Business coming from the Banco Popular network and not transferred to Mapfre (by virtue of the agreement indicated below), will be acquired by Aegon. This acquisition will be executed according to note 3.b.vi disclosure of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts.

 

In addition, by virtue of the agreement reached between Banco Santander and Mapfre dated January 21,  2019, 50.01% of the motor insurance, multi-risk business, multi-risk SMEs and civil liability insurance for enterprises businesses in the entire Banco Santander network in Spain will be, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions and authorizations, acquired by Mapfre.

 

Offer to acquire shares of Banco Santander Mexico, S.A., Institución de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

On April 12, 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. announced its intention to make an offer to acquire all the shares of Banco Santander Mexico, S.A., Institución de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México ("Santander México") which are not owned by Grupo Santander, representing approximately 25% of the share capital of Santander México.

 

18

Table of Contents

The shareholders accepting the offer will receive 0.337 newly issued shares of Banco Santander, S.A. per share of Santander México and 1.685 American Depositary Shares (ADSs) of Banco Santander, S.A. per ADS of Santander México (the "Exchange Ratio").

 

If all the shares held by minority shareholders accept the offer, Banco Santander, S.A. would issue approximately 571 million shares, representing 3.5% of the share capital at the date of communication of the offer.

 

On June 17, 2019, the Board of Directors decided to call an Extraordinary Shareholders General Meeting on July 23, 2019 to approve the capital increase for the acquisition of the aforementioned shares; following this approval, the execution and the settlement of the transaction is expected.

 

Agreement with Crédit Agricole S.A. on the depositary and custody business

 

On April 17, 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. announced that it had signed a memorandum of understanding with Crédit Agricole S.A. with the purpose of combining CACEIS and its subsidiaries (the “CACEIS Group”), which is wholly-owned by Crédit Agricole S.A., with Santander Securities Services, S.A.U. and its subsidiaries (the “S3 Group”), which is wholly-owned by Banco Santander, S.A.

 

Under the transaction Santander Group will contribute 100% of the S3 Group’s operations in Spain and 49.99% of its operations in Latin America to CACEIS Group, in exchange for 30.5% of the share capital and voting rights of CACEIS Group. The remaining 69.5% would continue to be held by Crédit Agricole S.A. The Latin American operations of the S3 Group would be jointly controlled by CACEIS Group and the Santander Group.

 

On June 27, 2019 the final agreements were signed following the required prior consultation with the relevant works councils at Credit Agricole, S.A. and the CACEIS Group. The completion of the transaction is expected to take place in throughout the second half of 2019 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including to obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals.

 

3.    Shareholder remuneration system and earnings per share

 

a)   Shareholder remuneration system

 

The cash remuneration paid by the Bank to its shareholders in the first six months of 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-2019

 

06-30-2018

 

% of par
value

Euros per
share

Amount
(Millions of euros)

% of par
value

Euros per
share

Amount
(Millions
  of euros)

Ordinary shares

26.00

%   

0.130

 

2,110

 

24.00

%  

0.120

 

1,936

Other shares (without vote, redeemable, etc.)

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total remuneration paid

26.00

%   

0.130

 

2,110

 

24.00

%  

0.120

 

1,936

Dividend paid out of profit

13.00

%   

0.065

 

1,055

 

12.00

%  

0.060

 

968

Dividend paid with a charge to reserves or share premium

13.00

%  

0.065

 

1,055

 

12.00

%  

0.060

 

968

Dividend in kind

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Flexible payment

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

b)   Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

 

i. Basic earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share for the period are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group for the six-month period adjusted by the after-tax amount relating to the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognised in equity by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding the average number of treasury shares held in the period.

 

19

Table of Contents

Accordingly:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

Profit attributable to the Parent (millions of euros)

 

3,231

 

3,752

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (millions of euros)

 

(298)

 

(266)

 

 

2,933

 

3,486

Of which:

 

 

 

 

Profit or Loss from discontinued operations (non controlling interest net) (millions of euros)

 

 —

 

 —

Profit or Loss from continuing operations (PPC net) (millions of euros)

 

2,933

 

3,486

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

16,231,374,256

 

16,129,055,793

Basic earnings per share (euros)

 

0.18

 

0.22

Of which: from discontinued operations (euros)

 

 —

 

 —

from continuing operations (euros)

 

0.18

 

0.22

 

ii. Diluted earnings per share

 

Diluted earnings per share for the period are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group for the six-month period adjusted by the after-tax amount relating to the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognised in equity and of perpetual liabilities contingently amortisable in their case by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding the average number of treasury shares and adjusted for all the dilutive effects inherent to potential ordinary shares (share options, warrants and convertible debt instruments).

 

Accordingly, diluted earnings per share were determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

Profit attributable to the Parent (millions of euros)

 

3,231

 

3,752

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (millions of euros)

 

(298)

 

(266)

Dilutive effect of changes in profit for the period arising from potential conversion of ordinary shares

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

2,933

 

3,486

Of which:

 

 

 

 

Profit or Loss from discontinued operations (non controlling interest net) (millions of euros)

 

 —

 

 —

Profit or Loss from continuing operations (PPC net) (millions of euros)

 

2,933

 

3,486

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

16,231,374,256

 

16,129,055,793

Dilutive effect of options/receipt of shares

 

41,832,881

 

45,858,082

Adjusted number of shares

 

16,273,207,137

 

16,174,913,875

Diluted earnings per share (euros)

 

0.18

 

0.22

Of which: from discontinued operations (euros)

 

 —

 

 —

from continuing operations (euros)

 

0.18

 

0.22

 

 

4.    Remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers

 

Note 5 to the Group’s consolidated annual accounts for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes the detail of the remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers in 2018 and 2017.

 

20

Table of Contents

Following is a summary of the most significant data on the remunerations and benefits for the six months ended June 30,  2019 and 2018:

 

Remuneration of members of the board of directors (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands   of   euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Members of the board of directors (2) (3):

 

 

 

 

Remuneration concept

 

 

 

 

Fixed salary remuneration of executive directors

 

3,459

 

3,759

Variable salary remuneration of executive directors

 

 —

 

 —

Directors fees

 

579

 

488

Bylaw-stipulated emoluments (annual emolument)

 

1,853

 

1,785

Other (except insurance premiums) (4)

 

3,354

 

691

Sub-total

 

9,245

 

6,723

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions with shares and/or other financial instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

9,245

 

6,723


(1)

The notes to the consolidated annual accounts for 2019 will contain detailed and complete information on the remuneration paid to all the directors, including executive directors.

(2)

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo ceased his executive duties with effective date May 1, 2019, continuing from that date as a non-executive director.

(3)

Mr. Juan Miguel Villar Mir ceased as member of the board of director on January 1, 2019.

(4)

It includes the amount related to the post-contractual non-compete agreement pact received by Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo as a result of having ceased in his executive functions with effective date May 1, 2019. The comparison of the figures of the two semesters is affected by the timing difference (semi-annual or annual) of the concepts included in the category.

On June 30, 2019, the remuneration received by the executive directors reflects the transformation into the pension system, which includes the reduction of the amount of the annual contributions to the executive directors' pension system, proportionally increasing the fixed annual salary and without any increase in the total cost to the Bank; and the elimination of the supplementary pension system in the event of death (widowhood and orphanhood) and disability, simultaneously establishing a fixed remuneration complement and improving the life insurance coverage of the executive directors, without any increase in the total cost to the Bank. The section on executive directors' pension funds and plans below reflects this transformation in the provisions and/or contributions to pension funds.

 

Other benefits of members of the board of directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands   of   euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Members of the board of directors:

 

 

 

 

Other benefits-

 

 

 

 

Advances

 

 —

 

 —

Loans granted

 

121

 

84

Pension funds and plans: Endowments and/or contributions (1)

 

1,001

 

1,341

Pension funds and plans: Accumulated rights (2)

 

77,153

 

75,804

Life insurance premiums

 

1,069

 

862

Guarantees provided for directors

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  These correspond to the endowments and/or contributions made during the first six months of 2019 and 2018 in respect of retirement pensions and complementary benefits for widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability.

(2)  Corresponds to the rights accrued by the directors in matters of pensions. It also includes for informational purposes the rights accumulated by Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo, although these rights corresponded to Mr. Echenique before his appointment as executive director. Additionally, former members of the board had at June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 rights accrued for this concept for 68,201 thousands of euros and 79,465 thousands of euros, respectively.

 

21

Table of Contents

Remuneration of senior management (1)(2)

 

The table below includes the corresponding amounts related to remunerations of senior management at June 30, 2019 and 2018, excluding the executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands   of   euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Senior management (1):  

 

 

 

 

Total remuneration of senior management (2)

 

17,690

 

16,972

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Remunerations regarding to members of senior management who, during the six month period ended June 30, 2019, had ceased their duties amount to EUR 96 thousands (June 30, 2018: EUR 10 thousands).

(2)  The number of senior managers of the Bank, excluding executive directors, is 18 as at June 30, 2019. (No changes regarding the figure published at June 30, 2018).

 

The remuneration received by senior management at June 30,  2019 reflects the improvement in senior management life insurance coverage following the transformation of the pension system at the beginning of 2018. This transformation did not entail any increase in the total cost for the Bank.

 

The variable annual remuneration (or bonuses) received for fiscal year 2018, both for directors and the rest of senior management, were included in the information on remuneration included in the annual report for that year. Similarly, the variable remuneration attributable to the 2019 results, which will be submitted for approval by the Board of Directors at the appropriate time, will be included in the financial statements for the current year.

 

Funds and pension plans of senior management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands   of   euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Senior management:  

 

 

 

 

Pension funds: Endowments and / or contributions (1)

 

3,190

 

2,739

Pension funds: Accumulated rights (2)

 

71,237

 

62,872

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Corresponds to the allocations and/or contributions made during the first six months of 2019 and 2018 as retirement pensions.

(2)

Corresponds to the rights accrued by members of senior management in the area of pensions. In addition, former members of senior management had at June 30,  2019 and June 30,  2018 rights accumulated for this same concept for EUR 166,960 thousands and EUR 173,819 thousands, respectively.

 

 

22

Table of Contents

5.    Financial assets

 

a)   Breakdown

 

The detail, by nature and category for measurement purposes, of the Group's financial assets, other than the balances relating to Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand and Hedging derivatives, at June 30, 2019 and December 31,  2018 is as follows, presented by the nature and categories for valuation purposes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions   of   euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

    

Financial
assets
  held
for
  trading

    

Non-trading
financial
assets
mandatorily
at fair value
through
profit or loss

    

Financial
assets
designated
at fair value
through
profit or loss

    

Financial
assets at fair
value through
other
comprehensive
income

    

Financial
assets at
amortised
cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

57,798

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

11,133

 

3,367

 

 —

 

2,789

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

33,343

 

1,628

 

3,496

 

111,891

 

39,382

Loans and advances

 

300

 

398

 

69,924

 

3,382

 

941,664

Central Banks

 

 —

 

 —

 

7,105

 

 —

 

19,450

Credit institutions

 

 —

 

 —

 

39,810

 

 —

 

41,068

Customers

 

300

 

398

 

23,009

 

3,382

 

881,146

Total

 

102,574

 

5,393

 

73,420

 

118,062

 

981,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

12-31-2018

 

    

Financial
assets held
for trading

    

Non-trading
financial
assets
mandatorily
at fair value
through
profit or loss

    

Financial
assets
designated
at fair value
through
profit or loss

    

Financial
assets at fair
value through
other
comprehensive
income

    

Financial
assets at
amortised
cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

55,939

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

8,938

 

3,260

 

 —

 

2,671

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

27,800

 

5,587

 

3,222

 

116,819

 

37,696

Loans and advances

 

202

 

1,883

 

54,238

 

1,601

 

908,403

Central Banks

 

 —

 

 —

 

9,226

 

 —

 

15,601

Credit institutions

 

 —

 

 2

 

23,097

 

 —

 

35,480

Customers

 

202

 

1,881

 

21,915

 

1,601

 

857,322

Total

 

92,879

 

10,730

 

57,460

 

121,091

 

946,099

 

Following is the gross exposure of financial assets subject to impairment stages at June 30,  2019 and December 31,  2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

12-31-2018

 

 

Impairment value correction

 

Impairment value correction

 

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

115,278

 

 6

 

 —

 

115,284

 

118,422

 

 6

 

 —

 

118,428

Debt instruments

 

111,899

 

 —

 

 —

 

111,899

 

116,825

 

 —

 

 —

 

116,825

Loans and advances

 

3,379

 

 6

 

 —

 

3,385

 

1,597

 

 6

 

 —

 

1,603

Central Banks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Credit institutions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Customers

 

3,379

 

 6

 

 —

 

3,385

 

1,597

 

 6

 

 —

 

1,603

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

919,584

 

51,025

 

33,146

 

1,003,755

 

882,661

 

52,295

 

34,333

 

969,289

Debt instruments

 

39,129

 

114

 

736

 

39,979

 

37,339

 

117

 

870

 

38,326

Loans and advances

 

880,455

 

50,911

 

32,410

 

963,776

 

845,322

 

52,178

 

33,463

 

930,963

Central Banks

 

19,450

 

 —

 

 —

 

19,450

 

15,601

 

 —

 

 —

 

15,601

Credit institutions

 

41,081

 

 —

 

 1

 

41,082

 

35,489

 

 1

 

 2

 

35,492

Customers

 

819,924

 

50,911

 

32,409

 

903,244

 

794,232

 

52,177

 

33,461

 

879,870

Total

 

1,034,862

 

51,031

 

33,146

 

1,119,039

 

1,001,083

 

52,301

 

34,333

 

1,087,717

 

23

Table of Contents

On June 30,  2019, the Group has EUR 623 million (EUR 757 million on December 31, 2018) of exposure in impaired assets purchased with impairment, which mainly correspond to the business combinations carried out by the Group.

 

b)    Valuation adjustments for impairment of financial assets at amortised cost portfolio

The following is the movement that has taken place, during the six-month periods ended June 30,  2019 and 2018, in the balance of provisions that cover losses due to impairment of assets which comprise the heading balance of the financial assets at amortised cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018 (*)

Balance as at beginning of period

 

23,945

 

26,656

Impairment losses charged to income for the period

 

5,199

 

5,174

Of which:

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses charged to income

 

9,697

 

9,042

Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income

 

(4,498)

 

(3,868)

Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance

 

(6,246)

 

(6,140)

Exchange differences and other

 

434

 

(749)

Balance as at end of period

 

23,332

 

24,941

Of which, relating to:

 

 

 

 

Impaired assets

 

15,110

 

16,131

Other assets

 

8,222

 

8,810

Of which:

 

 

 

 

Individually calculated

 

4,983

 

6,146

Collectively calculated

 

18,349

 

18,795


(*)  See reconciliation of IAS 39 December 31, 2017 to IFRS 9 January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b of the 2018 Consolidated Annual Accounts).

 

Following is the movement of the loan loss provision broken down by impairment stage of loans and advances to customers recognised under "Financial assets at amortised cost" as at June 30,  2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

Loss allowance as at beginning of period

 

3,658

 

4,743

 

14,906

 

23,307

Transfers between stages

 

(442)

 

(246)

 

3,160

 

2,472

Net exposure changes and modifications in the credit risk

 

673

 

(336)

 

2,419

 

2,756

Write-offs

 

 —

 

 —

 

(6,246)

 

(6,246)

Exchange differences and other

 

(54)

 

198

 

290

 

434

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2019

 

3,835

 

4,359

 

14,529

 

22,723

 

Previously written-off assets recovered during the first six months of 2019 and 2018 amount to EUR 837 million and to EUR 823 million, respectively. Considering these amounts, the recorded impairment of financial assets at amortised cost is EUR 4,362 million and EUR 4,351 million, respectively.

 

c)    Impaired assets of financial assets at amortised cost portfolio

The movement produced, during the six-month periods ended June 30,  2019 and 2018, in the balance of financial assets classified at amortised cost and considered doubtful by reason for the credit risk is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

  

06-30-2019

  

06-30-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of period

 

35,091

 

37,275

Net additions

 

4,581

 

5,070

Written-off assets

 

(6,246)

 

(6,140)

Exchange differences and other

 

343

 

(267)

Balance as at end of period

 

33,769

 

35,938

 

This amount, after deducting the related allowances, represents the Group's best estimate of the discounted value of the flows that are expected to be recovered from the impaired assets.

24

Table of Contents

d)    Guarantees received

Following is the breakdown of the value of the guarantees received to ensure the collection of the financial assets that comprise the heading of financial assets at amortized cost, distinguishing between real guarantees and other guarantees as of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real guarantees value

 

509,859

 

460,674

 

Of which: non-performing risks

 

12,080

 

13,566

 

Other guarantees value

 

29,298

 

36,727

 

Of which: non-performing risks

 

558

 

1,131

 

Total value of the guarantees received

 

539,157

 

497,401

 

 

e)     Fair value of financial assets not measured at fair value

Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial assets measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at June 30,  2019 and December 31,  2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of   euros

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

 

 

12-31-2018

 

    

Carrying amount

    

Fair value

    

 

    

Carrying amount

    

Fair value

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances

 

941,664

 

952,624

 

Loans and advances

 

908,403

 

914,013

Central banks

 

19,450

 

19,450

 

Central banks

 

15,601

 

15,610

Loans and advances to credit institutions

 

41,068

 

41,309

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

 

35,480

 

35,833

Loans and advances to customers

 

881,146

 

891,865

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

857,322

 

862,570

 Debt instruments

 

39,382

 

40,058

 

Debt instruments

 

37,696

 

38,095

ASSETS

 

981,046

 

992,682

 

ASSETS

 

946,099

 

952,108

 

The main valuation methods and inputs used in the estimation of the fair value of the financial assets of the previous table are detailed in Note 51.c of the consolidated annual accounts for the year 2018.

 

6.    Non-current assets held for sale

 

The detail, by nature, of the Group’s non-current assets held for sale at June 30,  2019 and December 31,  2018 is as follows presented by nature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets

 

4,535

 

5,424

Of which:

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets

 

4,450

 

5,334

Of which: Property assets in Spain (*)

 

3,606

 

4,488

Other tangible assets held for sale

 

85

 

90

Other assets

 

 —

 

 2

 

 

4,535

 

5,426


(*)  During the first six months of 2019, the sale of foreclosed real estate assets to Cerberus took place, generating EUR 180 million losses.

 

On June 30,  2019, the allowance that covers the value of the foreclosed assets represents the 49% (December 31,  2018: 49%). The charges recorded in the first six months of 2019 and 2018 amounted to EUR 160 million and EUR 159 million, respectively, and the recoveries undergone during those periods amount to EUR 32 million and EUR 13 million, respectively.

 

7.   Tangible assets

 

a)   Changes in the period

 

In the first six months of 2019 and 2018, tangible assets were acquired for EUR 4,053 million and EUR 4,926 million, respectively.

 

25

Table of Contents

Also, in the first six months of 2019 and 2018 tangible asset items were disposed of with a carrying amount of EUR 1,004 million and EUR 2,441 million respectively, giving rise to a net gain of EUR 30 million and EUR 18 million, respectively.

 

b)   Property, plant and equipment purchase commitments

 

At June 30,  2019 and 2018, the Group did not have any significant commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment items.

 

8.    Intangible assets

 

Goodwill

 

The detail of Intangible Assets - Goodwill at June 30, 2019 and December 31,  2018, based on the cash-generating units giving rise thereto, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK

 

8,288

 

8,307

Banco Santander (Brasil)

 

4,554

 

4,459

Santander Bank Polska

 

2,431

 

2,402

Santander Consumer USA

 

2,115

 

2,102

Santander Bank, National Association

 

1,804

 

1,793

Santander Consumer Germany

 

1,217

 

1,217

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

 

1,173

 

1,173

Santander Portugal

 

1,040

 

1,040

Santander España

 

1,023

 

1,023

Banco Santander Chile

 

644

 

627

Santander Consumer Nordics

 

494

 

502

Grupo Financiero Santander (Mexico)

 

448

 

434

Other entities

 

382

 

387

Total Goodwill

 

25,613

 

25,466

 

In the first six months of 2019, goodwill increased by EUR 147 million  mainly due to exchange differences  (Note 11), which pursuant to current regulations, were recognised with a debit to Other accumulated results - items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences in equity through the condensed consolidated statement of recognised income and expense.

 

Note 17 to the consolidated annual accounts for the year ended December 31,  2018 includes detailed information on the procedures followed by the Group to analyse the potential impairment of the goodwill recognised with respect to its recoverable amount and to recognise the related impairment losses, where appropriate.

 

Accordingly, based on the analysis performed of the available information on the performance of the various cash-generating units which might evidence the existence of indicators of impairment, the Group’s directors concluded that in the first six months of 2019 there were no impairment losses which required recognition.

 

26

Table of Contents

9.   Financial liabilities

 

a)   Breakdown

 

The following is a breakdown of the Group's financial liabilities, other than the balances corresponding to the Derivatives - hedge accounting heading, as of June 30,  2019 and December 31,  2018, presented by nature and categories for valuation purposes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

12-31-2018

 

  

Financial
liabilities
held for
trading

  

Financial
liabilities
designated at
fair value through
profit or loss

  

Financial
liabilities at
amortised cost

  

Financial
liabilities
held for
trading

  

Financial
liabilities
designated at
fair value through
profit or loss

  

Financial
liabilities at
amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

58,341

 

 —

 

 —

 

55,341

 

 —

 

 —

Short Positions

 

15,846

 

 —

 

 —

 

15,002

 

 —

 

 —

Deposits

 

 —

 

56,990

 

937,710

 

 —

 

65,304

 

903,101

Central banks

 

 —

 

8,836

 

71,778

 

 —

 

14,816

 

72,523

Credit institutions

 

 —

 

10,305

 

89,030

 

 —

 

10,891

 

89,679

Customer

 

 —

 

37,849

 

776,902

 

 —

 

39,597

 

740,899

Debt instruments

 

 —

 

3,117

 

251,672

 

 —

 

2,305

 

244,314

Other financial liabilities

 

 —

 

130

 

34,812

 

 —

 

449

 

24,215

 Total

 

74,187

 

60,237

 

1,224,194

 

70,343

 

68,058

 

1,171,630

 

b)   Information on issues, repurchases or redemptions of debt instruments issued

 

The detail of the balance of debt instruments issued according to their nature is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

Bonds and debentures outstanding

 

202,464

 

195,498

Subordinated

 

21,277

 

23,676

Promissory notes and other securities

 

31,048

 

27,445

Total debt instruments issued

 

254,789

 

246,619

 

The detail, at June 30,  2019 and 2018, of the outstanding balance of the debt instruments, excluding promissory notes, which at these dates had been issued by the Bank or any other Group entity is disclosed below. Also included is the detail of the changes in this balance in the first six months of 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions   of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

    

Opening
balance at
01-01-19

    

Perimeter

    

Issues

    

Repurchases or
redemptions

    

Exchange
rate and other
adjustments

    

Closing
balance at
06-30-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds and debentures outstanding

 

195,498

 

 —

 

32,105

 

(26,713)

 

1,574

 

202,464

Subordinated

 

23,676

 

 —

 

1,056

 

(3,502)

 

47

 

21,277

Bonds and debentures outstanding and subordinated liabilities issued

 

219,174

 

 —

 

33,161

 

(30,215)

 

1,621

 

223,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions   of euros

 

 

06-30-2018

 

    

Opening
balance at
01-01-18

    

Perimeter

    

Issues

    

Repurchases or
redemptions

    

Exchange
rate and other
adjustments

    

Closing
balance at
06-30-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds and debentures outstanding

 

176,719

 

 —

 

35,957

 

(29,081)

 

(765)

 

182,830

Subordinated

 

21,382

 

 —

 

2,987

 

(644)

 

89

 

23,814

Bonds and debentures outstanding and subordinated liabilities issued

 

198,101

 

 —

 

38,944

 

(29,725)

 

(676)

 

206,644

 

27

Table of Contents

In April 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. announced its decision to carry out the optional early redemption of all outstanding Series II/2014 Non-Step-Up Non-Cumulative Contingent Convertible Perpetual Preferred Tier 1 Securities, with a nominal total value of USD 1,500 million (EUR 1,345 million) which are traded on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange.

 

In February 2019 the Group announced that it had completed the placement of preferred securities contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank, excluding preemptive subscription rights and for a nominal value of USD 1,200 million (EUR 1,056 million) (the “Issue” and the “CCPS”).

 

The CCPS were issued at par and its remuneration has been set at 7.50% on an annual basis for the first five years. The payment of the remuneration of the CCPS is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. After that, it will be reviewed every five years by applying a margin of 498.9 basis points on the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate.

 

In March 2018, Banco Santander, S.A. communicated that the placement of preference shares contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank was carried out, excluding the right of preferential subscription of its shareholders and for a nominal amount of EUR 1,500 million (the "Issuance" and the CCPSs").

 

The Issuance was made at par and the remuneration of the CCPSs, whose payment is subject to certain conditions and is also discretionary, was fixed at an annual 4.75% for the first seven years, being revised thereafter every five years applying a margin of 409.7 basis points over the  5-year Euro Mid-Swap Rate.

 

c)    Other issues guaranteed by the Group

 

At June 30,  2019 and 2018, there were no debt instruments issued by associates or non-Group third parties that had been guaranteed by the Bank or any other Group entity.

 

d)   Fair value of financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

Following is a comparison between the value by which the Group’s financial liabilities are recorded that are measured using criteria other than fair value and their corresponding fair value at June 30,  2019 and December 31,  2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

12-31-2018

 

    

Carrying amount

    

Fair value

    

Carrying amount

    

Fair value

Deposits

 

937,710

 

937,371

 

903,101

 

902,680

Central banks

 

71,778

 

71,362

 

72,523

 

72,039

Credit institutions

 

89,030

 

89,078

 

89,679

 

89,662

Customer

 

776,902

 

776,931

 

740,899

 

740,979

Debt instruments

 

251,672

 

259,005

 

244,314

 

247,029

Other financial liabilities

 

34,812

 

34,860

 

24,215

 

24,197

Liabilities

 

1,224,194

 

1,231,236

 

1,171,630

 

1,173,906

 

The main valuation methods and inputs used in the estimation of the fair value of the financial liabilities in the previous table are detailed in Note 51.c of the consolidated annual accounts for 2018, other than those mentioned in these interim financial statements.

 

10.   Provisions

 

a)    Provisions for Pensions and other post-retirements obligations and Other long term employee benefits

 

The variation experienced by the balance of the Pensions and other post-retirements obligations and other long term employee benefits from December 31,  2018 to June 30,  2019, is mainly due to higher actuarial losses in the semester as a result of changes in actuarial assumptions (Note 11.c), as well as the provision for pre-retirement (under the restructuring plan of Spain, some of its employees have been offered the possibility of availing themselves of a pre-retirement and incentivised retirement plan, providing a provision for an amount of EUR 615 millions).

 

28

Table of Contents

b)    Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions

 

Set forth below is the detail, by type of provision, of the balances at June 30,  2019 and at December 31,  2018 of Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions. The types of provision were determined by grouping together items of a similar nature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for taxes

 

831

 

864

Provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil)

 

845

 

859

Provisions for other legal proceedings

 

1,477

 

1,451

Provision for customer remediation

 

689

 

652

Regulatory framework-related provisions

 

83

 

105

Provision for restructuring

 

689

 

492

Other

 

1,305

 

1,226

 

 

5,919

 

5,649

 

Relevant information is set forth below in relation to each type of provision shown in the preceding table.

 

The provisions for taxes include provisions for tax-related proceedings.

 

The provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil) relate to claims filed by trade unions, associations, the prosecutor's office and ex-employees claiming employment rights to which, in their view, they are entitled, particularly the payment of overtime and other employment rights, including litigation concerning retirement benefits. The number and nature of these proceedings, which are common for banks in Brazil, justify the classification of these provisions in a separate category or as a separate type from the rest. The Group calculates the provisions associated with these claims in accordance with past experience of payments made in relation to claims for similar items. When claims do not fall within these categories, a case-by-case assessment is performed and the amount of the provision is calculated in accordance with the status of each proceeding and the risk assessment carried out by the legal advisers.

 

The provisions for other legal proceedings include provisions for court, arbitration or administrative proceedings (other than those included in other categories or types of provisions disclosed separately) brought against Santander Group companies.

 

The provisions for customer remediation include the estimated cost of payments to remedy errors relating to the sale of certain products in the UK, the estimated cost of the floor clauses of Banco Santander, S.A. (from the former Banco Popular, S.A.U.), as well as the estimated cost of the claims related to the bonds and funds sales closed in Puerto Rico. To calculate the provision for customer remediation, the best estimate of the provision made by management is used, which is based on the estimated number of claims to be received and, of these, the number that will be accepted, as well as the estimated average payment per case.

 

The regulatory framework-related provisions include mainly the provisions for the extraordinary contribution to FSCS (Financial Services Compensation Scheme) and the Bank Levy in the UK, and those relating to Banking Tax in Poland.

 

The provisions for restructuring include only the direct costs arising from restructuring processes carried out by the various Group companies.

 

Qualitative information on the main litigation is provided in Note 10.c.

 

Our general policy is to record provisions for tax and legal proceedings in which we assess the chances of loss to be probable and we do not record provisions when the chances of loss are possible or remote. We determine the amounts to be provided for as our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the corresponding claim based, among other factors, on a case-by-case analysis of the facts and the legal opinion of internal and external counsel or by considering the historical average amount of the loss incurred in claims of the same nature. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation. In certain cases, the obligations do not have a fixed settlement term and, in others, they depend on legal proceedings in progress.

 

The changes in provisions arising from civil contingencies and legal nature are disclosed in this note.

 

Regarding the provisions for labor processes and others of a legal nature, Brazil has charged EUR 85 million and EUR 73 million, respectively, with payments of EUR 134 million and EUR 90 million , respectively. 

 

29

Table of Contents

Regarding the provisions arising for customer remediation, EUR 80 million provisions in United Kingdom and EUR 47 million provisions in Puerto Rico for customer compensation have been allocated, partially offset with EUR 78 million provisions in United Kingdom and EUR 21 million provisions in Puerto Rico used, and Banco Popular, S.A.U., which an amount of EUR 40 million has been used in the period from floor clauses.

 

Regarding in provisions constituted by regulatory framework, EUR 48 million in the six-month period in United Kingdom has been used (Bank Levy and FSCS). In addition, EUR 61 million have been charged and paid in the semester in Poland.

 

In addition, in the provisions for restructuring, Spain has set aside EUR 242 million, the United Kingdom EUR 124 million and EUR 22 million in Poland. This increase is partially offset by payments of EUR 92 million in Spain, EUR 30 million both in the United Kingdom and Germany and EUR 13 million in Poland.

 

c)    Litigation and other matters

 

i. Tax-related litigation

 

At June 30, 2019 the main tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

 

-      Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and certain Group companies in Brazil challenging the increase in the rate of Brazilian social contribution tax on net income from 9% to 15% stipulated by Interim Measure 413/2008, ratified by Law 11.727/2008, a provision having been recognised for the amount of the estimated loss. Due to recent unfavourable decisions of the courts, the Group in Brazil has withdrawn their actions and paid the amount claimed, using the existing provision.

 

-      Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group entities to avoid the application of Law 9.718/98, which modifies the basis to calculate PIS and COFINS social contribution, extending it to all the entities income, and not only to the income from the provision of services. In relation of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. process, in May 2015 the Federal Supreme Court (FSC) admitted the extraordinary appeal filed by the Federal Union regarding PIS, and dismissed the extraordinary appeal lodged by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor's Office regarding COFINS contribution, confirming the decision of Federal Regional Court favourable to Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. of August 2007. The appeals filed by the other entities before the Federal Supreme Court, both for PIS and COFINS, are still pending. The risk is classified as possible and there is a provision for the amount of the estimated loss.

 

-      Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil have appealed against the assessments issued by the Brazilian tax authorities questioning the deduction of loan losses in their income tax returns (IRPJ and CSLL) in relation to different administrative processes of various years on the ground that the requirements under the applicable legislation were not met. The appeals are pending decision in CARF. No provision was recognised in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability.

 

-      Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against several municipalities that demand payment of the Service Tax on certain items of income from transactions not classified as provisions of services. There are several cases in different judicial instances.  No provision was recognised in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability.

 

-      Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against the tax authorities in connection with the taxation for social security purposes of certain items which are not considered to be employee remuneration. There are several cases in different judicial instances. A provision was recognised in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

 

-      In May 2003 the Brazilian tax authorities issued separate infringement notices against Santander Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda. (DTVM, currently Santander Brasil Tecnologia S.A.) and Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to the Provisional Tax on Financial Movements (CPMF) of the years 2000, 2001 and part of 2002. In July 2015, after the unfavourable decision of CARF, both entities appealed at Federal Justice in a single proceeding. In June 2019 this action has been dismissed, and the resolution has been appealed to the higher court. There is a provision recognised for the estimated loss.

 

-      In December 2010 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Santander Seguros S.A. (Brazil), currently Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência S.A., as the successor by merger to ABN AMRO Brasil dois Participações S.A., in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2005, questioning the tax treatment applied to a sale of shares of Real Seguros, S.A. Actually it is appealed before the CARF. As the former parent of Santander Seguros S.A. (Brasil), Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is liable in the event of any adverse outcome of this proceeding. No provision was recognised in connection with this proceeding as it is considered to be a contingent liability.

 

30

Table of Contents

-      In November 2014 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to corporate income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2009 questioning the tax-deductibility of the amortisation of the goodwill of Banco ABN AMRO Real S.A. performed prior to the absorption of this bank by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., but accepting the amortisation performed after the merger. Actually it is appealed before the Higher Chamber of CARF. No provision  was recognised in connection with this proceeding as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

 

-      Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. has also appealed against infringement notices issued by the tax authorities questioning the tax deductibility of the amortisation of the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Banco Comercial e de Investimento Sudameris S.A from years 2007 to 2012. No provision was recognised in connection with this matter as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

 

-      Banco Santander (Brazil) S.A. and other companies of the Group in Brazil are undergoing administrative and judicial procedures against Brazilian tax authorities for not admitting tax compensation with credits derived from other tax concepts, not having registered a provision for such amount since it is considered to be a contingent liability.

 

-      Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is involved in appeals in relation to infringement notices initiated by tax authorities regarding the offsetting of tax losses in the CSLL (‘Social Contribution on Net Income’) of year 2009. The appeal is pending decision in CARF. A provision was recognised in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

 

-      Legal action brought by Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (currently Santander Holdings USA, Inc.) claiming its right to take a foreign tax credit for taxes paid outside the United States in fiscal years 2003 to 2005 as well as the related issuance and financing costs. On July 17,  2018, the District Court finally ruled against Santander Holdings USA, Inc. Final resolution is anticipated within the coming months, with no effect on income, as it is fully provisioned.

 

-      Banco Santander has appealed before European Courts the Decisions 2011/5/CE of October 28,  2009, and 2011/282/UE of January 12,  2011 of the European Commission, ruling that the deduction regulated pursuant to Article 12.5 of the Corporate Income Tax Law constituted illegal State aid. On November 2018 the General Court confirmed these Decisions but these judgements have been appealed at the Court of justice of the European Union. The Group has not recognised provisions for these suits since they are considered to be a contingent liability.

 

At the date of approval of these interim financial statements certain other less significant tax-related proceedings were also in progress.

 

ii. Non-tax-related proceedings

 

At June 30,  2019, the main non-tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

-        Payment Protection Insurance (PPI): claims associated with the sale by Santander UK plc of payment protection insurance or PPI to its customers. As of June 30,  2019, the remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs amounted to GBP 247.9 million (EUR 277 million). An additional net provision of GBP 70 million (EUR 80 million) in the first semester of 2019 reflecting an increase in claims volumes and additional industry activities taking into account guidance provided by the FCA (Financial Conduct Authority), in advance of the PPI claims deadline on August 29,  2019. This provision represents management’s best estimate of Santander UK plc future liability in respect of mis-selling of PPI policies and is based on recent claims experience and consideration of the FCA guidance. It has been calculated using key assumptions such as the estimated number of customer complaints received, the number of rejected misselling claims that will be in scope for Plevin and Recurring Non Disclosure of Commission redress, and the determination of liability with respect to a specific portfolio of claims. The provision will be subject to continuous review, taking into account the impact of any further claims received and FCA guidance.

 

-        Delforca: dispute arising from equity swaps entered into by Gaesco (now Delforca 2008, S.A.) on shares of Inmobiliaria Colonial, S.A. Banco Santander, S.A. is claiming to Delforca a total of EUR 66 million from the liquidation of the swaps. Mobiliaria Monesa, S.A. (Delforca’s parent company) has commenced a civil proceeding against the Bank claiming damages which, as of date have not been determined. The proceeding has been stayed because the jurisdiction of the Court has been challenged. Within insolvency proceedings before the Commercial Court, both Delforca and Mobiliaria Monesa have instigated a claim against the Bank seeking the recovery of EUR 56.8 million that the Bank received from the liquidation of the swap. The Bank has filed a claim against Delforca seeking the Bank's recognition of its right to receive the credit. The Bank has not recognised any provisions in this connection.

 

-      Former employees of Banco do Estado de São Paulo S.A., Santander Banespa, Cia. de Arrendamiento Mercantil: a claim was filed in 1998 by the association of retired Banespa employees (AFABESP) requesting the payment of a half-yearly bonus contemplated in the by-laws of Banespa in the event that Banespa obtained a profit and that the distribution of this profit were approved by the Board of Directors. The bonus was not paid in 1994 and 1995 since Banespa had not made a profit during

31

Table of Contents

those years. Partial payments were made from 1996 to 2000, as approved by the Board of Directors. The relevant clause was eliminated in 2001. The Regional Labor Court and the High Employment Court ordered Santander Brasil, as successor to Banespa, to pay this half-yearly bonus for the period from 1996 to the present. On March 20,  2019, a decision from the Federal Supreme Court (Supremo Tribunal Federal, or “STF”) rejected the extraordinary appeal filed by Santander Brasil. A rescission action to revert the decision in the main process has been filed by Santander Brasil. The current court decision does not define a specific amount to be paid by the defendants (this would only be determined once a final decision is issued and the enforcement process has begun).

-      “Planos Económicos”: like the rest of the banking system in Brasil, Santander Brasil has been the target of customer complaints and collective civil suits stemming from legislative changes and its application to bank deposits, fundamentally ('economic plans'). At the end of 2017, there was an agreement between regulatory entities and the Brazilian Federation of Banks (Febraban), already approved by the Supremo Tribunal Federal, with the purpose of closing the lawsuits. Discussions focused on specifying the amount to be paid to each affected client according to the balance in their notebook at the time of the Plan. Finally, the total value of the payments will depend on the number of endorsements they have made and the number of savers who have demonstrated the existence of the account and its balance on the date the indexes were changed. In November 2018, the STF ordered the suspension of all economic plan processes for two years from February 2018.The provisions recorded for the economic plan processes are considered sufficient.

 

-      CNMC: after an administrative investigation on several financial entities, including Banco Santander, S.A., in relation to possible collusive practices or price-fixing agreements, as well as exchange of commercially sensitive information in relation to financial derivative instruments used as hedge of interest rate risk for syndicated loans, on February 13,  2018, the Competition Directorate of the Spanish “National Commission for Antitrust and Markets” (CNMC) published its decision, by which it fined the Bank and another three financial institutions with EUR 91 million (EUR 23.9 million for the Bank) for offering interest rate derivatives in breach of Articles 1 of the Spanish Act 15/2007 on Defence of Competition and 101 of the Treaty of Functioning of the European Union. According to the CNMC, there would be evidence that there was coordination between the hedging banks/lenders to coordinate the price of the derivatives and offer clients, in each case, a price different from the “market price”. This decision has been appealed before the Spanish National Court by the Bank, that has already paid the fine.

-

Floor clauses (“cláusulas suelo”): As a consequence of the acquisition of Banco Popular, S.A.U, the Group has been exposed to a material number of transactions with floor clauses. The so-called "floor clauses" or minimum clauses are those under which the borrower accepts a minimum interest rate to be paid to the lender, regardless of the applicable reference interest rate. Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. included "floor clauses" in certain asset transactions with customers. In relation to this type of clauses, and after several rulings made by the Court of Justice of the European Union and the Spanish Supreme Court, and the extrajudicial process established by the Spanish Royal Decree-Law 1/2017, of January 2, Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. made extraordinary provisions that were updated in order to cover the effect of the potential return of the excess interest charged for the application of the floor clauses between the contract date of the corresponding mortgage loans and May 2013. The Group considered that the maximum risk associated with the floor clauses applied in its contracts with consumers, in the most severe and not probable scenario, would amount to approximately EUR 900 million, as initially measured and without considering the returns performed. For this matter, after the purchase of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., EUR 396 million provisions have been used by the Group (EUR 238 million in 2017, EUR 119 million in 2018 and EUR 39 million in the first semester of 2019) mainly for refunds as a result of the extrajudicial process mentioned above. As of June 30,  2019, the amount of the Group's provisions in relation to this matter amounts to EUR 85 million.

-      Banco Popular´s acquisition: considering the declaration setting out the resolution of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., the redemption and conversion of its capital instruments and the subsequent transfer to Banco Santander, S.A. of the shares resulting from this conversion in exercise of the resolution instrument involving the sale of the institution's business, in the application accordance with the single resolution framework regulation referred to in Note 3 of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts, some investors have filed claims against the EU’s Single Resolution Board decision, the FROB's resolution executed in accordance to the aforementioned decision, and claims have been filed and may be filed in the future against Banco Santander, S.A. or other Santander Group companies deriving from or related to the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U.. There are also criminal investigations in progress led by the Spanish National Court in connection with Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., although not with its acquisition. On January 15,  2019, the Spanish National Court, applying article 130.2 of the Spanish Criminal Code, declared the Bank the successor entity to Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. (following the merger of the Bank and Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. on September 28,  2018), and, as a result, determined that the Bank assumed the role of the party being investigated in the criminal proceeding.

 

The decision was appealed and on April 30,  2019, the Spanish National Court ruled in favor of Banco Santander, S.A. declaring that Banco Santander, S.A. cannot inherit Banco Popular's potential criminal liability. This ruling was appealed by some of the accusing parties, the appeal was non-accepted by the Spanish National Court and those accusing parties have appealed the non-acceptance before the Supreme Court.

 

32

Table of Contents

At this time it is not possible to foresee the total number of lawsuits and additional claims that could be put forth by the former shareholders, nor their economic implications (particularly considering that the resolution decision in application of the new laws is unprecedented in Spain or any other Member State of the European Union and that possible future claims might not specify any specific amount, allege new legal interpretations or involve a large number of parties). The estimated cost of the potential compensation to the shareholders of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. has been accounted for as disclosed in the aforementioned Note 3.

 

-      German shares investigation: the Cologne Public Prosecution Office is conducting an investigation against the Bank, and other group entities based in UK - Santander UK plc, Abbey National Treasury Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited -, in relation to a particular type of tax dividend linked transactions known as cum-ex transactions. The Group is cooperating with the German authorities. As the investigations are at preliminary stage, the results and the effects for the Group, which may potentially include the imposition of financial penalties, cannot be anticipated. The Bank has not recognised any provisions in this connection in relation to the potential imposition of financial penalties.

 

-      Attorneys General Investigation of auto loan securitisation transactions and fair lending practices: in October 2014, May 2015, July 2015 and February 2017, Santander Consumer USA Inc. (SC) received subpoenas and/or Civil Investigative Demands (CIDs) from the Attorneys General of the U.S. states of California, Illinois, Oregon, New Jersey, Maryland and Washington under the authority of each state's consumer protection statutes. SC was informed that these states serve on behalf of a group of 32 state Attorneys General. The subpoenas contain broad requests for information and the production of documents related to SC’s underwriting, securitization, the recovery efforts servicing and collection of nonprime vehicle loans. SC has responded to these requests within the deadlines specified in the CIDs and has otherwise cooperated with the Attorneys General with respect to this matter. The provisions recorded for this investigation are considered sufficient.

 

-      Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Puerto Rico Arbitrations: as of June 30,  2019, Santander Securities LLC (SSLLC) had received 670 FINRA arbitration cases related to Puerto Rico bonds and Puerto Rico closed-end funds (CEFs). The statements of claims allege, among other things, fraud, negligence, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract of the acquirers, unsuitability, over-concentration of the investments and defect to supervise. There were 433 arbitration cases that remained pending as of June 30,  2019. The provisions recorded for these matters are considered sufficient.

 

As a result of various legal, economic and market factors impacting or that could impact of the value Puerto Rico bonds and CEFs, it is possible that additional arbitration claims and/or increased claim amounts may be asserted against SSLLC in future periods.

 

IRPH Index: a portion of our Spanish mortgage loan portfolio bears interest at a rate indexed to the Índice de Referencia de Préstamos Hipotecarios known as "IRPH," which, at the time the contracts were entered into, served as reference rate for mortgage loan agreements in Spain and was published by the Bank of Spain. Consumers in Spain have brought lawsuits against most of the Spanish banking sector alleging that the use and related disclosures of such rate did not comply with the transparency requirements of European regulation. On December 14, 2017, the Supreme Court of Spain ruled that these clauses were valid, as the IRPH is an official rate and therefore non-subject to transparency requirements. The matter has been referred to the Court of Justice of the European Union through a preliminary ruling procedure. Pending the outcome of this referral, the IRPH remains valid as a result of the decision of the Supreme Court of Spain.

 

In the event the Court of Justice of the European Union questions these clauses, it would need to be determined the effects of the decision which carries the uncertainty as to the interest rate that would apply to the relevant mortgage loans. Additionally, it is unclear whether such a ruling by the Court of Justice of the European Union would have retroactive effect and to what extent.

 

The uncertainty regarding the ruling by the Court of Justice of the European Union as well as the effects of such ruling make estimating the potential exposure difficult. Currently, the balance of the relevant mortgage loans held by us equals approximately EUR 4.3 billion. Although it is considered that the decision of the Supreme Court of Spain is well-founded, an unfavorable decision by the Court of Justice of the European Union could result in the charge of a material provision.

 

Banco Santander has been sued in a legal proceeding in which the plaintiff alleges that a contract was concluded whereby he would be entrusted with the functions of CEO of the Bank. In the complaint, the claimant mainly requests a declaratory ruling that affirms the validity and conclusion of such contract and its enforcement together with the payment of certain amounts. If the main request is not granted, the claimant seeks compensation for a total amount of approximately EUR 112 million or, an alternative relief for other minor amounts. Banco Santander, S.A. will answer to this complaint.

 

CHF Polish Mortgage Loans: On May 14,  2019, the Advocate General of Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) issued a non-binding opinion in relation to a lawsuit against an unrelated bank in Poland regarding unfair contractual clauses in consumer agreements, specifically the consequences of potentially unfair contractual clauses in CHF-indexed loan

33

Table of Contents

agreements. The Advocate General concluded that if the FX difference clause is deemed to be unfair, the agreement may be converted to an agreement on a PLN loan with an interest rate based on CHF LIBOR or it may be rendered null and void, as decided by the domestic court. In consultation with the Polish Bank Association (ZBP), the defendant bank filed for rehearing, enclosing a written opinion of the ZBP which pointed to a significant risk of the CJEU ruling based on incorrect legal assumptions presented in the opinion of the Advocate General. The decision by the CJEU is pending.

 

The uncertainty regarding the ruling by the Court of Justice of the European Union as well as the effects of such ruling make estimating the potential exposure difficult. An unfavorable decision by the Court of Justice of the European Union could result in the charge of a material provision. As at June 30,  2019, the Group has a portfolio of mortgage loans denominated in, or indexed to, CHF of approximately PLN 10,116 million (EUR 2,380 million).

 

The Bank and the other Group companies are subject to claims and, therefore, are party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of their business including those in connection with lending activities, relationships with employees and other commercial or tax matters.

 

With the information available to it, the Group considers that, at June 30,  2019, it had reliably estimated the obligations associated with each proceeding and had recognised, where necessary, sufficient provisions to cover reasonably any liabilities that may arise as a result of these tax and legal risks. Subject to the qualifications made, it also believes that any liability arising from such claims and proceedings will not have, overall, a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position or results of operations.

 

11.   Equity

 

In the six-month periods ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 there were no quantitative or qualitative changes in the Group's equity other than those indicated in the condensed consolidated statements of changes in total equity.

 

a)

Capital

As of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Bank's capital stock was represented by 16,236,573,942 shares, with a nominal amount of EUR 8,118 million, in both dates.

34

Table of Contents

b)

Breakdown of other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss and Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

Other comprehensive income accumulated

 

(21,425)

 

(22,141)

Items not reclassified to profit or loss

 

(3,625)

 

(2,936)

Actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

(4,141)

 

(3,609)

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 —

 

 —

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments, joint ventures and associates

 

 1

 

 1

Other valuation adjustments

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

527

 

597

Inefficacy of fair value hedges of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (hedged item)

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (hedging instrument)

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk

 

(12)

 

75

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

(17,800)

 

(19,205)

Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)

 

(5,074)

 

(4,312)

Exchange differences

 

(14,927)

 

(15,730)

Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges (effective portion)

 

393

 

277

Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

2,051

 

828

Hedging instruments (items not designated)

 

 —

 

 —

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 —

 

 —

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments, joint ventures and associates

 

(243)

 

(268)

 

c)  Other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss - Actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit pension plans

The changes in the balance of Other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss - Actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit pension plans include the actuarial gains or losses generated in the period and the return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset), less the administrative expenses and taxes inherent to the plan, and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling. Its variation is shown in the condensed consolidated statement of Recognised income and expense.

During the first six months of 2019 actuarial losses (net of actuarial gains) on defined benefit pension plans amounts to EUR 833 million, which main impact is:

-

Increase of EUR 314 million in the accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group's businesses in the United Kingdom, mainly due to the variation in the discount rate (decrease from 2.90% to 2.35%).

-

Increase of EUR 304 million in the accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group's businesses in the Brazil, mainly due to the variation in the discount rate (decrease from 9.11% to 7.72%, for pension plans and from 9.26% to 7.86% for medical plans).

-

Increase of EUR 161 million in the accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group's businesses in the Spain, mainly due to the variation in the discount rate (decrease from 1.55% to 1.10)%.

Likewise, the differences in the cumulative actuarial gains and losses account for an increase of EUR 54 million, as a consequence of the evolution of exchange rates and other effects.

d)

Other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

Includes the net amount of unrealised fair value changes in equity instruments at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income.

35

Table of Contents

Below is a breakdown of the composition of the balance as of June 30, 2019 under "Other comprehensive income - Items that cannot be reclassified to profit or loss - Changes in the fair value of debt equity measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income depending on the geographical origin of the issuer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of   euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

12-31-2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

revaluation

 

Fair 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

revaluation

 

Fair 

 

    

gains

    

losses

    

gains/(losses)

    

value

    

gains

    

losses

    

gains/(losses)

    

value

Equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

19

 

(444)

 

(425)

 

185

 

20

 

(216)

 

(196)

 

417

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rest of Europe

 

60

 

(78)

 

(18)

 

319

 

160

 

(76)

 

84

 

652

United States

 

13

 

 —

 

13

 

45

 

 9

 

 —

 

 9

 

42

Latin America and rest

 

960

 

(3)

 

957

 

2,240

 

708

 

(8)

 

700

 

1,560

 

 

1,052

 

(525)

 

527

 

2,789

 

897

 

(300)

 

597

 

2,671

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listed

 

961

 

(15)

 

946

 

2,289

 

818

 

(18)

 

800

 

1,943

Unlisted

 

91

 

(510)

 

(419)

 

500

 

79

 

(282)

 

(203)

 

728

 

e)

 Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion) and exchange differences

Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion) includes the net amount of the changes in value of hedging instruments in hedges of net investments in foreign operations, in respect of the portion of these changes considered to be effective hedges.

Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences includes the net amount of exchange differences arising on non-monetary items whose fair value is adjusted against equity and the differences arising on the translation to euros of the balances of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

The net variation of both headings recognised during the first semester of 2019, recorded in the statement of income and expenses  recognised as a consolidated summary, reflects the effect generated by the appreciation of Brazilian real and the depreciation of the Pound sterling and the US Dollar  (Note 1.e). From this variation, a gain of EUR 144 million corresponds to the valuation at the closing exchange rate of goodwill of the semester (Note 8).

f)

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Includes the net amount of unrealised fair value changes in debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Below is a breakdown of the composition of the balance as of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 under Other comprehensive income - Items that can be reclassified to profit or loss - Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income depending on the type of instrument and the geographical origin of the issuer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

 

12-31-2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation

 

 

 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

    

gains

    

losses

    

(losses)

    

value

    

gains

    

losses

    

(losses)

    

value

Debt instruments

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

   

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

Government and central banks debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

717

 

(4)

 

713

 

29,002

 

323

 

(3)

 

320

 

38,550

Rest of Europe

 

679

 

(32)

 

647

 

20,039

 

373

 

(55)

 

318

 

17,494

Latin America and rest of the world

 

715

 

(42)

 

673

 

44,820

 

448

 

(117)

 

331

 

42,599

Private-sector debt instruments

 

80

 

(62)

 

18

 

21,412

 

37

 

(178)

 

(141)

 

19,777

 

 

2,191

 

(140)

 

2,051

 

115,273

 

1,181

 

(353)

 

828

 

118,420

 

 

12.   Segment information

 

For Group management purposes, the primary level of segmentation, by geographical area, comprised at December 31, 2018, five segments: four operating areas plus Corporate Centre. The operating areas, which include all the business activities carried on therein by the Group, are Continental Europe, the United Kingdom, Latin America and the United States, based on the location of the Group’s assets.

36

Table of Contents

 

As of June 30, 2019 the Group has aligned the information in this note in a manner consistent with the current reporting structure and the way in which Management monitors the Group’s segments and units.

 

This financial information (“underlying basis”) is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of certain gains and losses (e.g.: capital gains, write-downs, etc.). These gains and losses are items that management and investors ordinarily identify and consider separately to understand better the underlying trends in the business.

 

The main changes, which have been applied to all segment information for all periods included in the interim financial statements, are the following:

 

·

Creation of the new geographic segment Europe that includes the existing units under the previous Continental Europe segment (Spain, Portugal, Poland, Santander Consumer Finance) plus the UK (that was previously a segment on its own and is now a unit under the segment Europe).

·

Creation of the new geographic segment North America that comprises the existing units under the previous US segment plus Mexico.

·

Creation of the new geographic segment South America that comprises the existing units under the previous Latin America segment except for Mexico.

·

Creation of a new reporting segment, Santander Global Platform, which includes the global digital services under a single unit:

-

The fully digital native bank Openbank and Open Digital Services (ODS).

-

Global Payments Services: payments platform to better serve the customers with value propositions developed globally, including Superdigital, Pago FX and the recently launched global business (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

-

Digital Assets: common digital Assets and Centres of Digital Expertise which help the banks of the Group in their digital transformation.

Following is the breakdown of revenue that is deemed to be recognised under Dividend income, Commission income, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gain or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net, Other operating income and Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts in the accompanying consolidated income statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Also, it is disclosed the reconciliation between the adjusted profit and the statutory profit corresponding to the six month period ended June 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of   euros

 

 

Revenue from ordinary activities

 

Profit

 

Profit before taxes

Segment

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

Europe

 

16,190

 

16,406

 

2,354

 

2,422

 

3,549

 

3,610

South America

 

14,420

 

15,497

 

1,961

 

690

 

3,661

 

1,265

North America

 

8,768

 

7,179

 

889

 

1,846

 

1,594

 

3,499

Santander Global Platform

 

61

 

52

 

(51)

 

(23)

 

(70)

 

(29)

Corporate Centre

 

(101)

 

(178)

 

(1,108)

 

(883)

 

(1,155)

 

(865)

Underlying Profit

 

39,338

 

38,956

 

4,045

 

4,052

 

7,579

 

7,480

Adjustments

 

 —

 

 —

 

(814)

 

(300)

 

(1,048)

 

(581)

Statutory Profit

 

39,338

 

38,956

 

3,231

 

3,752

 

6,531

 

6,899

 

Explanation of adjustments at June 30, 2019:

 

·

Gains due to the sale of the equity stake in Prisma, with a net impact of EUR 150 million.

·

Losses given the sale of properties with a net impact of EUR -180 million.

·

Restructuring costs in United Kingdom, Poland and Spain with a net impact of EUR-704 million.

37

Table of Contents

·

Provisions for PPI with a net impact of EUR -80 million.

 

Explanation of adjustments at June 30, 2018:

 

·

Restructuring costs: The net impact of EUR -300 million on Profit related to restructuring costs in connection with the integration of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., as follows EUR -280 million in Spain, EUR -40 million in Corporate Centre and EUR 20 million in Portugal.

 

 

13.   Related parties

 

The parties related to the Group are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, the Bank’s key management personnel (the members of its board of directors and the executive vice presidents, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.

 

Following is a detail of the transactions performed by the Group with its related parties in the first six months of 2019 and 2018, distinguishing between significant shareholders, members of the Bank’s board of directors, the Bank’s executive vice presidents, Group entities and other related parties. Related party transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions or, when this was not the case, the related compensation in kind was recognised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

Expenses and income

    

Significant
shareholders

    

Directors and
executives

    

Individuals, Group companies
or entities

    

Other related
parties

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance costs

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 1

Leases

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Services received

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Purchases of stocks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other expenses

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

 

 —

 

13

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

 —

 

14

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance income

 

 —

 

 —

 

46

 

 —

 

46

Dividends received

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Services rendered

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Sale of stocks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other income

 

 —

 

 —

 

490

 

 —

 

490

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

536

 

 —

 

536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

Other transactions

    

Significant
shareholders

    

Directors and
executives

    

Individuals, Group companies
or entities

    

Other related
parties

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (lender)

 

 —

 

 —

 

617

 

(6)

 

611

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (borrower)

 

 —

 

 —

 

289

 

12

 

301

Guarantees provided

 

 —

 

 —

 

(21)

 

 —

 

(21)

Guarantees received

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Commitments acquired

 

 —

 

 —

 

75

 

(24)

 

51

Dividends and other distributed profit

 

 —

 

 5

 

 —

 

20

 

25

Other transactions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

38

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2019

Balance closing period

    

Significant
shareholders

    

Directors   and executives

    

Individuals, Group   companies or   entities

    

Other   related parties

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt balances:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Customers and commercial debtors

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Loans and credits granted

 

 —

 

24

 

7,688

 

61

 

7,773

Other collection rights

 

 —

 

 —

 

515

 

17

 

532

 

 

 —

 

24

 

8,203

 

78

 

8,305

Credit balances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suppliers and creditors granted

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Loans and credits received

 

 —

 

35

 

2,222

 

77

 

2,334

Other payment obligations

 

 —

 

 —

 

42

 

 —

 

42

 

 

 —

 

35

 

2,264

 

77

 

2,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2018

Expenses and income

    

Significant
shareholders

    

Directors and
executives

    

Individuals, Group companies
or entities

    

Other related
parties

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance costs

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 1

 

 2

Leases

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Services received

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Purchases of stocks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other expenses

 

 —

 

 —

 

47

 

 —

 

47

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

48

 

 1

 

49

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance income

 

 —

 

 —

 

33

 

 6

 

39

Dividends received

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Services rendered

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Sale of stocks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other income

 

 —

 

 —

 

437

 

14

 

451

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

470

 

20

 

490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-2018

Other transactions

    

Significant
shareholders

    

Directors and
executives

    

Individuals, Group companies
or entities

    

Other related
parties

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (lender)

 

 —

 

 1

 

324

 

(164)

 

161

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (borrower)

 

 —

 

 2

 

(251)

 

335

 

 86

Guarantees provided

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

31

 

31

Guarantees received

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Commitments acquired

 

 —

 

 —

 

75

 

(2)

 

73

Dividends and other distributed profit

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

18

 

22

Other transactions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 9

 

220

 

229

 

 

14   Off - balance-sheet exposures

 

The off-balance-sheet exposures related to balances representing loan commitments, financial guarantees and other commitments granted (recoverables and non recoverables).

 

Financial guarantees granted include financial guarantees contracts such as financial bank guarantees, credit derivatives, and risks arising from derivatives granted to third parties; non-financial guarantees include other guarantees and irrevocable documentary credits.

 

39

Table of Contents

Loan and other commitments granted include all off-balance-sheet exposures, which are not classified as guarantees provided, including loans commitment granted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-19

    

12-31-18

 

 

 

 

 

Loan commitments granted

 

223,954

 

218,083

 Of which doubtful

 

339

 

298

Financial guarantees granted

 

12,077

 

11,723

 Of which doubtful 

 

161

 

181

Bank sureties

 

12,004

 

11,558

Credit derivatives sold

 

73

 

165

Other commitments granted

 

94,785

 

74,389

 Of which doubtful

 

889

 

983

Other granted guarantees

 

33,447

 

35,154

Other

 

61,338

 

39,235

 

The breakdown of the off-balance sheet exposure and impairment on June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 by impairment stages is EUR 323,500 million and EUR 297,409 million of exposure and EUR 379 million and EUR 382 million of impairment in stage 1, EUR 5,927 million and EUR 5,324 million of exposure and EUR 137 million and EUR 132 million of impairment in stage 2, and EUR 1,389 million and EUR 1,462 million of exposure and EUR 212 million and EUR 265 million of impairment in stage 3, respectively.

 

15.   Average headcount and number of offices

 

The average number of employees at the Bank and the Group, by gender, in the six month periods ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

Group

Average headcount

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

    

06-30-2019

    

06-30-2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Men

 

16,240

 

11,585

 

91,609

 

91,051

Women

 

13,739

 

9,906

 

110,789

 

110,833

 

 

29,979

 

21,491

 

202,398

 

201,884

 

The increase in the number of employees of the Bank between both periods is due to the merger processes between the Bank and other subsidiaries (mainly Banco Popular).

 

The number of branches at June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 is as follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

Number of branches

    

06-30-2019

    

12-31-2018

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

4,296

 

4,427

Foreign

 

8,785

 

8,790

 

 

13,081

 

13,217

 

40

Table of Contents

16.   Other disclosures

 

a) Valuation techniques for financial assets and liabilities

 

The following table shows a summary of the fair values, at June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, of the financial assets and liabilities indicated below, classified on the basis of the various measurement methods used by the Group to determine their fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

06-30-19

 

12-31-18

 

 

Published price

 

 

 

 

 

Published price

 

 

 

 

 

 

quotations   in active

 

 

 

 

 

quotations in

 

 

 

 

 

 

markets

 

Internal models

 

 

 

active markets

 

Internal models

 

 

 

    

(Level 1)

    

(Levels 2 and 3)

    

Total

    

(Level 1)

    

(Levels 2 and 3)

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

44,404

 

58,170

 

102,574

 

37,108

 

55,771

 

92,879

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

1,695

 

3,698

 

5,393

 

1,835

 

8,895

 

10,730

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

 

2,739

 

70,681

 

73,420

 

3,102

 

54,358

 

57,460

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

98,629

 

19,433

 

118,062

 

103,590

 

17,501

 

121,091

Hedging derivatives (assets)

 

 —

 

8,451

 

8,451

 

 —

 

8,607

 

8,607

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

16,861

 

57,326

 

74,187

 

16,104

 

54,239

 

70,343

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

1,350

 

58,887

 

60,237

 

987

 

67,071

 

68,058

Hedging derivatives (liabilities)

 

 5

 

7,262

 

7,267

 

 5

 

6,358

 

6,363

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 —

 

731

 

731

 

 —

 

765

 

765

 

Financial instruments at fair value, determined on the basis of published price quotations in active markets (Level 1), include government debt instruments, private-sector debt instruments, derivatives traded in organised markets, securitised assets, shares, short positions and fixed-income securities issued.

 

In cases where price quotations cannot be observed, management makes its best estimate of the price that the market would set, using its own internal models. In most cases, these internal models use data based on observable market parameters as significant inputs (Level 2) and, in some cases, they use significant inputs not observable in market data (Level 3).

 

In order to make these estimates, various techniques are employed, including the extrapolation of observable market data. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument can be obtained from other market transactions performed with the same or similar instruments or can be measured by using a valuation technique in which the variables used include only observable market data, mainly interest rates.

 

During the first semester of 2019, the Group did not make any material transfers of financial instruments between measurement levels other than the transfers included in level 3 table. At this regard, the Group has proceeded to reclassify to level 3 certain government bonds in Brazil that, based on the Group's observability criteria, do not meet the requirements to be considered as observable inputs. Likewise, certain positions (both derivatives and debt instruments) have been reclassified to level 2 with maturities for which there are already observable valuation inputs or for which new sources of recurrent prices have been accessed.

 

The Group has developed a formal process for the systematic valuation and management of financial instruments, which has been implemented worldwide across all the Group's units. The governance scheme for this process distributes responsibilities between two independent divisions: Treasury (development, marketing and daily management of financial products and market data) and Risk (on a periodic basis, validation of pricing models and market data, computation of risk metrics, new transaction approval policies, management of market risk and implementation of fair value adjustment policies). The approval of new products follows a sequence of steps (request, development, validation, integration in corporate systems and quality assurance) before the product is brought into production. This process ensures that pricing systems have been properly reviewed and are stable before they are used.

 

The most important products and families of derivatives, and the related valuation techniques and inputs, by asset class, are detailed in the consolidated annual accounts as at December 31, 2018.

 

41

Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2019, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) accounted for was EUR 302.2 million  (-13.9% from December 31, 2018 year end) and adjustments of DVA (Debt Valuation Adjustment) was EUR 192.5 million (-26.2% compared to December 31, 2018). The reductions are mainly due to the decrease of credit spreads by more than 30% in the most liquid periods.

 

Set forth below are the financial instruments at fair value whose measurement was based on internal models (Levels 2 and 3) at June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values calculated using

 

Fair values calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

internal models at

 

internal models at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-19 (*)

 

12-31-18 (*)

 

 

 

 

 

  

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Valuation techniques

    

Main inputs

ASSETS

 

 

153,100

 

7,333

 

140,659

 

4,473

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

 

57,567

 

603

 

55,033

 

738

 

 

 

 

Customers (**)

 

 

300

 

 —

 

205

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Debt instruments and equity instruments

 

 

990

 

74

 

314

 

153

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, HPI, FX market prices

Derivatives

 

 

56,277

 

529

 

54,514

 

585

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

47,337

 

191

 

44,423

 

185

 

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (***)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, HPI, Basis, Liquidity

Exchange rate options

 

 

388

 

 3

 

617

 

 2

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options

 

 

3,679

 

190

 

3,778

 

149

 

Black's Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate futures

 

 

11

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Index and securities options

 

 

1,376

 

113

 

1,118

 

198

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other

 

 

3,486

 

32

 

4,578

 

51

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX and EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, Others

Hedging derivatives

 

 

8,443

 

 8

 

8,586

 

21

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

7,906

 

 —

 

7,704

 

21

 

Present value method

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Basis

Interest rate options

 

 

17

 

 8

 

20

 

 —

 

Black's Model

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Volatility surfaces

Other

 

 

520

 

 —

 

862

 

 —

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Credit, Liquidity, Others

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

1,747

 

1,951

 

7,492

 

1,403

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 

1,083

 

612

 

985

 

462

 

Present value method

 

Market price, Interest rates curves, Dividends and Others

Debt instruments

 

 

653

 

953

 

5,085

 

481

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves

Loans and receivables (**)

 

 

11

 

386

 

1,422

 

460

 

Present value method, swap asset model & CDS

 

Interest rates curves and Credit curves

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

69,664

 

1,017

 

53,482

 

876

 

 

 

 

Central banks

 

 

7,105

 

 —

 

9,226

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Credit institutions

 

 

39,760

 

50

 

22,897

 

201

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Customers (****)

 

 

22,599

 

411

 

21,355

 

560

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices, HPI

Debt instruments

 

 

200

 

556

 

 4

 

115

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

15,679

 

3,754

 

16,066

 

1,435

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 

122

 

346

 

455

 

581

 

Present value method

 

Market price, Interest rates curves, Dividends and Others

Debt instruments

 

 

15,391

 

192

 

14,699

 

165

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Loans and receivables

 

 

166

 

3,216

 

912

 

689

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices and Credit curves and Liquidity.

LIABILITIES

 

 

123,600

 

606

 

127,991

 

442

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 

57,069

 

257

 

53,950

 

289

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

 

57,024

 

257

 

53,950

 

289

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

47,255

 

110

 

43,489

 

111

 

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (***)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, Basis, Liquidity, HPI

Exchange rate options

 

 

464

 

 —

 

610

 

 7

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options

 

 

4,709

 

32

 

4,411

 

26

 

Black's Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Index and securities options

 

 

1,365

 

105

 

1,233

 

143

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Interest rate and equity futures

 

 

25

 

 —

 

 7

 

 —

 

Black's Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other

 

 

3,206

 

10

 

4,200

 

 2

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Short positions

 

 

45

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Equity

Hedging derivatives

 

 

7,260

 

 2

 

6,352

 

 6

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

6,513

 

 —

 

5,868

 

 6

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Basis

Interest rate options

 

 

 8

 

 2

 

158

 

 —

 

Black's Model

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Other

 

 

739

 

 —

 

326

 

 —

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity, Other

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

58,540

 

347

 

66,924

 

147

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 

731

 

 —

 

765

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 


(*)       The internal models of Level 2 implement figures based on the parameters observed in the market, while Level 3 internal models uses significant inputs that are not observable in market data.

(**)     Includes mainly short-term loans and reverse repurchase agreements with corporate customers (mainly brokerage and investment companies).

(***)   Includes credit risk derivatives with a negative net fair value of EUR 2 million recognised in the interim condensed consolidated balance sheet (December 31, 2018: net fair value of EUR 0 million ). These assets and liabilities are measured using the Standard Gaussian Copula Model.

(****) Includes residential mortgages to financial institutions in the United Kingdom (which are regulated and partly financed by the Government). The fair value of these loans has been obtained using observable market variables, including current market transactions of similar amount and guarantees provided by the UK Housing Association. Given that the Government is involved

42

Table of Contents

in these entities, credit risk spreads have remained stable and homogeneous in this sector. The results arising from the valuation model are contrasted against current market transactions.

The measurements obtained using the internal models might have been different had other methods or assumptions been used with respect to interest rate risk, to credit risk, market risk and foreign currency risk spreads, or to their related correlations and volatilities. Nevertheless, the Bank’s directors consider that the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet and the gains and losses arising from these financial instruments are reasonable.

Level 3 financial instruments

Set forth below are the Group's main financial instruments measured using unobservable market data that constitute significant inputs of the internal models (Level 3):

- Instruments in Santander UK's portfolio (loans, debt instruments and derivatives) linked to the House Price Index (HPI). Even if the valuation techniques used for these instruments may be the same as those used to value similar products (present value in the case of loans and debt instruments, and the Black-Scholes model for derivatives), the main factors used in the valuation of these instruments are the HPI spot rate, the growth rate of that rate, its volatility and mortality rates, which are not always observable in the market and, accordingly, these instruments are considered illiquid

·

The HPI spot rate: for some instruments the NSA HPI spot rate, which is directly observable and published on a monthly basis, is used. For other instruments where regional HPI rates must be used (published quarterly), adjustments are made to reflect the different composition of the rates and adapt them to the regional composition of Santander UK's portfolio.

·

HPI growth rate: this is not always directly observable in the market, especially for long maturities, and is estimated in accordance with existing quoted prices. To reflect the uncertainty implicit in these estimates, adjustments are made based on an analysis of the historical volatility of the HPI, incorporating reversion to the mean.

·

HPI volatility: the long-term volatility is not directly observable in the market but is estimated on the basis of more short-term quoted prices and by making an adjustment to reflect the existing uncertainty, based on the standard deviation of historical volatility over various time periods.

·

Mortality rates: these are based on published official tables and adjusted to reflect the composition of the customer portfolio for this type of product at Santander UK.

- Callable interest rate trading derivatives (Bermudan style options) where the main unobservable input is mean reversion of interest rates.

- Derivatives of negotiation on interest rates, taking asset securitisations and with the redemption rate (CPR) as the main unobservable input as an underlying asset.

-

Derivatives from trading on inflation in Spain, where volatility is not observable in the market.

-

Derivatives on long-term interest rate volatility (more than 30 years) where volatility is not observable in the market at the indicated term.

-

Equity volatility derivatives, specifically indices and equities, where volatility is not observable in the long term.

-

Syndicated loans with the HTC&S business model (Hold to collect and sale) and classified in the fair value category with changes in other accumulated global result, where the cost of liquidity is not directly observable in the market, as well as the prepayment option in favour of the borrower.

The net amount recorded in the results of the first six months of 2019 resulting from the aforementioned valuation models which main inputs are unobservable market data (Level 3) amounts to EUR 68 million benefit approximately (EUR 13 million in June 30, 2018).

43

Table of Contents

The table below shows the effect, at June 30, 2019, on the fair value of the main financial instruments classified as Level 3 of a reasonable change in the assumptions used in the valuation. This effect was determined by applying the probable valuation ranges of the main unobservable inputs detailed in the following table: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts (in millions of euros)

Portfolio/Instrument

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Unfavorable

 

Favorable

(Level 3)

    

Valuation technique

    

Main unobservable inputs

    

Range

    

average

    

scenario

    

scenario

Financial assets held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading derivatives

 

Present Value Method

 

Curves on TAB indices (*)

 

(a)

 

(a)

 

(0.3)

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

Long-term rates MXN

 

(a)

 

(a)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Present Value Method, Modified Black-Scholes Model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0%-5%

 

2.53%

 

(4.4)

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

795.75 (**)

 

(9.8)

 

9.8

 

 

Interest curves, Price market FX

 

CPR

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(163.2)

 

84.4

Quanto options (c)

 

Local term volatility and reference strike under the partial differential equation method

 

Non-existent market volatility, a proxy is used

 

Beta vs Volatility Surface STOXX50E 69%-62%

 

Beta 65%

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments and equity holdings

 

Present Value Method, others

 

Contingencies for litigations

 

0%-100%

 

22%

 

(27.2)

 

7.7

 

 

Present Value Method, others

 

Late payment and prepayment rate capital cost long-term profit growth rate

 

(a)

 

(a)

 

(6.6)

 

6.6

 

 

Present Value Method, others

 

Interest curves, price market FX and credit curves

 

(a)

 

(a)

 

1.8

 

(1.8)

 

 

Local Volatility

 

Long term volatility

 

n/a

 

34.0%

 

244.9

 

(313.8)

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit to customers

 

Weighted average by probability (according to forecast mortality rates) of European HPI options, using the Black-Scholes model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0%-5%

 

2.66%

 

(5.9)

 

5.2

Debt instruments and equity instruments

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

788.41 (**)

 

(10.7)

 

10.7

 

 

TD Black

 

Spain Volatility

 

n/a

 

4.7%

 

2.2

 

(11.5)

 

 

Asset Swap Model & CDS

 

Interest and credit curve models

 

n/a

 

7.7%

 

(19.8)

 

4.4

 

 

Cvx. Adj (SLN)

 

Long term volatility

 

n/a

 

8.0%

 

(121.2)

 

105.1

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading derivatives

 

Present Value Method, Modified Black-Scholes Model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0%-5%

 

2.41%

 

(7.8)

 

7.3

 

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

776.48 (**)

 

(4.3)

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

Curves on TAB indices (*)

 

(a)

 

(a)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Discounted flows denominated in different currencies

 

Long term rate MXN

 

Bid Offer Spread IRS TIIE 2bp - 6bp X-CCY USD/MXN 3bp - 10bp Swaps UDI/MXN 5bp - 10bp

 

IRS TIIE 3bp X-CCY MXN/USD 4bp Swaps UDI/MXN 10bp

 

(0.481)

 

0.480

Hedging Derivatives (Liabilities)

 

Advances models of local volatility and stochastic

 

Correlation between prices and shares

 

55%-75%

 

65%

 

Not applicable

 

Not applicable

 

 

Advanced multi-factor interest rate models

 

Reversion to average interest rate

 

0.0001-0.03

 

0.01 (***)

 

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(b)

 

(b)

 


(*)      TAB: “Tasa Activa Bancaria” (Active Bank Rate). Average deposit interest rates (over 30, 90, 180 and 360 days) published by the Chilean Association of Banks and Financial Institutions (ABIF) in nominal currency (Chilean peso) and in real terms, adjusted for inflation (Unidad de Fomento - UF).

(**)    There are national and regional HPI indices. The HPI spot value is the weighted average of the indices that correspond to the positions of each portfolio. The impact reported is a change of 10%.

(***)   Theoretical average value of the parameter. The change arising on a favourable scenario is from 0.0001 to 0.03. An unfavourable scenario is not considered as there is insufficient margin for an adverse change from the current parameter level.

(a)       The exercise was conducted for the unobservable inputs described in the “main unobservable inputs” column under probable scenarios. The range and weighted average value used are not shown because the aforementioned exercise was conducted jointly for various inputs or variants thereof (e.g. the TAB input comprises vector-time curves, for which there are also nominal yield curves and inflation-indexed yield curves), and it was not possible to break down the results separately by type of input. In the case of the TAB curve the gain or loss is reported for changes of +/-100 b.p. for the total sensitivity to this index in CLP and CLF. The same is applicable to the MXN interest rates.

(b)       The Group calculates the potential impact on the measurement of each instrument on a joint basis, regardless of whether the individual value is positive (assets) or negative (liabilities), and discloses the joint effect associated with the related instruments classified on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet.

(c)       No impacts have arisen in Quanto options as the exposure is back to back completely covered.

44

Table of Contents

 

Lastly, the changes in the financial instruments classified as Level 3 in the first six months of 2019  were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

01-01-19

 

Changes

 

06-30-19

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in

 

Changes in

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 internal models

 

Purchases/

 

Sales/

 

recognized in

 

recognized

 

Level

 

 

 

 internal models

Millions of euros

  

(Level 3)

  

Issuances

  

Settlements

  

profit or loss

  

in equity

  

reclassifications

  

Other

  

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

738

 

58

 

(46)

 

45

 

 —

 

(200)

 

 8

 

603

Debt instruments

 

153

 

13

 

(24)

 

(2)

 

 —

 

(69)

 

 3

 

74

Trading derivatives

 

585

 

45

 

(22)

 

47

 

 —

 

(131)

 

 5

 

529

Swaps

 

185

 

 1

 

(8)

 

15

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 1

 

191

Exchange rate options

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

Interest rate options

 

149

 

 —

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

31

 

 —

 

190

Index and securities options

 

198

 

33

 

(11)

 

21

 

 —

 

(132)

 

 4

 

113

Other

 

51

 

11

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(27)

 

 —

 

32

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

 

21

 

 8

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 8

Swaps

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 —

Interest rate options

 

 —

 

 8

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

Trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

876

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 1

 

 —

 

176

 

(35)

 

1,017

Credit institutions

 

201

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(151)

 

-

 

50

Loans and advances to customers

 

560

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(112)

 

(36)

 

411

Debt instruments

 

115

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

439

 

 1

 

556

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

1,403

 

674

 

(187)

 

70

 

 —

 

(7)

 

(2)

 

1,951

Loans and advances to customers

 

460

 

67

 

(176)

 

19

 

 —

 

 —

 

16

 

386

Debt instruments

 

481

 

493

 

(2)

 

 3

 

 —

 

(8)

 

(14)

 

953

Equity instruments

 

462

 

114

 

(9)

 

48

 

 —

 

 1

 

(4)

 

612

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

1,435

 

3,268

 

(502)

 

 —

 

(209)

 

(316)

 

78

 

3,754

TOTAL ASSETS

 

4,473

 

4,008

 

(736)

 

116

 

(209)

 

(368)

 

49

 

7,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

289

 

42

 

(2)

 

42

 

 —

 

(120)

 

 6

 

257

Trading derivatives

 

289

 

42

 

(2)

 

42

 

 —

 

(120)

 

 6

 

257

Swaps

 

111

 

 2

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

(6)

 

(1)

 

110

Exchange rate options

 

 7

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

Interest rate options

 

26

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

32

Index and securities options

 

143

 

40

 

(2)

 

34

 

 —

 

(113)

 

 3

 

105

Others

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 6

 

 1

 

10

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

 

 6

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 2

Swaps

 

 6

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 —

Interest rate options

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

147

 

291

 

(2)

 

 6

 

 —

 

(93)

 

(2)

 

347

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

442

 

335

 

(4)

 

48

 

 —

 

(219)

 

 4

 

606

 

b)    Sovereign risk with peripheral European countries

 

The detail at June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, by type of financial instrument, of the Group credit institutions’ sovereign risk exposure to Europe’s peripheral countries and of the short positions exposed to them, taking into consideration the scope established by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in the analyses performed on the capital needs of European credit institutions (Note 54 to the consolidated annual accounts for 2018), is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at June 30, 2019 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

MtM Derivatives (****)

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

Non-trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

Financial

 

financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

assets at fair

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

 

 

value through

 

mandatorily

 

Financial

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

other

 

at fair value

 

assets at

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

comprehensive

 

through

 

amortised

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

  

or loss

  

positions

  

income

  

profit or loss

  

cost

  

(**)

  

exposure

  

CDSs

  

CDSs

Spain

 

6,084

 

(1,710)

 

16,379

 

 —

 

7,249

 

13,932

 

41,934

 

522

 

 —

Portugal

 

365

 

(759)

 

5,633

 

 —

 

564

 

3,686

 

9,489

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

1,151

 

(159)

 

3,188

 

 —

 

387

 

62

 

4,629

 

 3

 

(3)

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —


(*)          Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt instruments on insurance companies balance sheets amounting to EUR 15,005 million (of which EUR 13,131 million, EUR 1,406 million, EUR 466 million and EUR 2 million relate to Spain, Portugal, Italy and Ireland, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives – contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to EUR 5,012 million (of which EUR 4,423 million, EUR 297 million and EUR 292 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

(**)       Presented without taking into account the valuation adjustments recognised (EUR 22 million).

(***)     "Other than CDSs" refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

45

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2018 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

MtM Derivatives (***)

 

  

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

Non-trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

Financial

 

financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

assets at fair

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

 

 

value through

 

mandatorily

 

Financial

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

other

 

at fair value

 

assets at

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

comprehensive

 

through

 

amortised

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

   

or loss

   

positions

   

income

   

profit or loss

   

cost

   

(**)

  

exposure

  

CDSs

  

CDSs

Spain

 

3,601

 

(2,458)

 

27,078

 

 —

 

7,804

 

13,615

 

49,640

 

407

 

 —

Portugal

 

72

 

(115)

 

4,794

 

 —

 

277

 

3,725

 

8,753

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

477

 

(681)

 

 —

 

 —

 

385

 

80

 

261

 

87

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —


(*)       Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt instruments on insurance companies balance sheets amounting to EUR 13,364 million (of which EUR 11,529 million, EUR 1,415 million, EUR 418 million and EUR 2 million relate to Spain, Portugal, Italy and Ireland, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure different to derivatives –contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to EUR 5,622 million (EUR 4,870 million, EUR 366 million and EUR 386 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

(**)     Presented without taking into account the valuation adjustments recognised (EUR 34 million)

(***)  "Other than CDSs" refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

The detail of the Group’s other exposure to other counterparties (private sector, central banks and other public entities that are not considered to be sovereign risks) in the aforementioned countries at June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at June 30, 2019 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

fair value through

 

Non-trading financial

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

Financial assets

 

other

 

assets mandatorily at fair

 

Financial assets

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase

 

designated at

 

comprehensive

 

value through profit or

 

at amortised

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

    

banks

    

agreements

    

FVTPL

    

income

    

loss

    

cost

    

(**)

    

exposure

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

28,154

 

7,433

 

614

 

1,236

 

322

 

4,355

 

196,633

 

238,747

 

3,674

 

 2

Portugal

 

2,179

 

205

 

31

 

38

 

 —

 

3,561

 

33,946

 

39,960

 

1,084

 

 —

Italy

 

361

 

3,618

 

328

 

578

 

 —

 

148

 

11,016

 

16,049

 

740

 

 —

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

71

 

71

 

33

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

30

 

1,398

 

 —

 

21

 

8,564

 

10,013

 

245

 

 —


(*)          Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to EUR 85,514 million, EUR 7,951 million, EUR 3,842 million, EUR  200 million and EUR 801 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

(**)        Presented without taking into account valuation adjustments or impairment corrections (EUR 8,304 million).

(***)    “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2018 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

fair value through

 

Non-trading financial

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

Financial assets

 

other

 

assets mandatorily at fair

 

Financial assets

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase

 

designated at

 

comprehensive

 

value through profit or

 

at amortised

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

    

banks

    

agreements

    

FVTPL

    

income

    

loss

    

cost

    

(**)

    

exposure

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

42,655

 

8,117

 

412

 

1,760

 

320

 

2,662

 

202,149

 

258,075

 

3,880

 

(6)

Portugal

 

1,369

 

 —

 

11

 

90

 

 —

 

3,821

 

33,596

 

38,887

 

1,132

 

 —

Italy

 

51

 

6,296

 

84

 

635

 

 —

 

 —

 

10,830

 

17,896

 

253

 

 —

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

80

 

80

 

28

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

21

 

1,093

 

16

 

25

 

10,633

 

11,788

 

127

 

 —


(*)       Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to EUR 76,691 million, EUR 8,158 million, EUR 5,193 million, EUR 200 million and EUR 850 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

(**)     They are presented without taking into account valuation adjustments or impairment corrections (EUR 9,385 million).

(***)  “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

46

Table of Contents

Following is certain information on the notional amounts of the CDSs detailed in the foregoing tables at June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-19

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

216

 

380

 

(164)

 

(2)

 

 4

 

 2

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

26

 

26

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

312

 

 9

 

303

 

(3)

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 

Other

 

60

 

153

 

(93)

 

(4)

 

 4

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12-31-18

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

151

 

382

 

(231)

 

(2)

 

(4)

 

(6)

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

26

 

26

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

265

 

(265)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

205

 

75

 

130

 

(5)

 

 5

 

 —

 

 

c) Refinancing and restructured transactions

 

The following forms are use with the meanings specified below:

·

Refinancing transaction: transaction that is granted or used, for reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, to repay one or more of the transactions granted to it, or through which the payments on such transactions are brought fully or partially up to date, in order to enable the borrowers of the cancelled or refinanced transactions to repay their debt (principal and interest) because they are unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the conditions thereof in due time and form.

·

Restructured transaction: transaction with respect to which, for economic or legal reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, the financial terms and conditions are modified in order to facilitate the payment of the debt (principal and interest) because the borrower is unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the aforementioned terms and conditions in due time and form, even if such modification is envisaged in the agreement.

For maximum guarantees amount, we will consider as follows:

·

Real guarantees: the appraisal amount or valuation amount of the real guarantees received; for each transaction it cannot be higher than the covered amount of exposure.

·

Personal guarantees, maximum amount guarantors will have to pay if the guarantee is implemented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-2019

 

 

Total

 

Of which: Non performing/Doubtful

 

 

Without collateral

 

With collateral

 

 

 

Without collateral (a)

 

With collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

collateral that can be

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

collateral that can be

 

Impairment

Amounts in millions of euros, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

considered

 

or losses at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

considered

 

or losses at

except number of transactions

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Mortgage

 

Other

 

fair value due

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Mortgage

 

Other

 

fair value due

in units

  

transactions

  

amount

  

operations

  

amount

  

guarantee

  

guarantees

  

to credit risk

  

transactions

  

amount

  

transactions

  

amount

  

guarantee

  

guarantees

  

to credit risk

Credit entities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Public sector

 

36

 

34

 

16

 

10

 

 8

 

 —

 

 2

 

11

 

 3

 

10

 

 4

 

 3

 

 —

 

 1

Other financial institutions and: individual shareholder)

 

585

 

58

 

268

 

102

 

15

 

28

 

28

 

290

 

26

 

126

 

18

 

10

 

 1

 

20

Non financial institutions and individual shareholder

 

145,564

 

5,916

 

45,194

 

12,919

 

8,398

 

1,272

 

5,825

 

89,277

 

3,927

 

30,229

 

7,793

 

5,143

 

622

 

5,408

Of which: Financing for constructions and property development

 

5,963

 

252

 

1,909

 

1,653

 

1,363

 

46

 

594

 

4,246

 

200

 

1,400

 

1,146

 

877

 

44

 

576

Other warehouses

 

1,640,494

 

3,627

 

724,916

 

12,743

 

7,528

 

2,382

 

4,267

 

922,436

 

1,792

 

145,102

 

4,546

 

3,310

 

367

 

2,835

Total

 

1,786,679

 

9,635

 

770,394

 

25,774

 

15,949

 

3,682

 

10,122

 

1,012,014

 

5,748

 

175,467

 

12,361

 

8,466

 

990

 

8,264

Financing classified as non-current assets

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

47

Table of Contents

The table below shows the changes of these balances during the first semester of 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

Carrying amount

    

06-30-2019

 

 

 

Beginning balances

 

30,527

Refinancing and restructuring of the period

 

2,828

Memorandum items: impact recorded in the income statement for the period

 

1,177

Debt repayment

 

(3,880)

Foreclosures

 

(249)

Derecognised from the consolidated balance sheet

 

(892)

Other variations

 

(3,047)

Balances at end of year

 

25,287

 

d) Real estate business – Spain

 

i)

Portfolio of home purchase loans to families

Home purchase loans granted to families in Spain on June 30, 2019 amounted to EUR 63,102 million. Of which mortgage guarantees are 99.41%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-19

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Gross

 

Of which:

 

    

Amount

    

Non-performing

 

 

 

 

 

Home purchase loans to families

 

 

 

 

- Without mortgage guarantee

 

374

 

26

- With mortgage guarantee

 

62,728

 

2,477

 

 

63,102

 

2,503

 

The risk profile of the home purchase mortgage loan portfolio in Spain remained at a medium-low level, with limited prospects of additional impairment:

·

Principal is repaid on all mortgages from the start.

·

Early repayment is common so the average life of the transaction is well below that of the contract.

·

High quality of collateral concentrated almost exclusively in financing the first home.

·

Average affordability rate at the end of June stood at 28.35%.

·

84.96% of the portfolio has a LTV below 80%, calculated as total risk/latest available house appraisal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-19

 

 

Gross amount in books on the amount of the last appraisal (loan to value)

 

 

 

 

More than

 

More than

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40% or

 

60% and

 

80% and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than or

 

less than

 

less than

 

less or

 

More than

 

 

In millions of euros

    

equal to 40%

    

60%

    

80%

    

equal to 100%

    

100%

    

TOTAL

Gross amount

 

16,299

 

18,919

 

18,078

 

5,558

 

3,874

 

62,728

- Of which: watchlist /non performing

 

220

 

306

 

454

 

433

 

1,064

 

2,477

 

48

Table of Contents

ii) Financing construction and property development

 

At June 30, 2019 the financing amount related to construction and real estate business in Spain amounted to EUR 3,752 million net of allowances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-2019

 

 

 

 

Excess over

 

 

 

 

 

 

collateral

 

Specific

Millions of euros

    

Gross Amount

    

value

    

allowance

Financing for construction and property  development recognised by the Group's credit institutions (including land) (business in Spain)

 

4,131

 

656

 

379

Of which: watchlist/ non-performing

 

955

 

288

 

354

Memorandum items: Written-off assets

 

2,804

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-2019

Millions of euros

 

Carrying amount

Memorandum items:

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers excluding the public sector (business in Spain) (book value)

 

224,086

Total consolidated assets (Total business) (book value)

 

1,512,096

Impairment losses and provision for exposure classified as normal (business in Spain)

 

1,221

 

At the end June 30, 2019 the concentration of this portfolio was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans: gross amount

Millions of euros

 

06-30-2019

1. Without mortgage guarantee

 

288

2. With mortgage guarantee

 

3,843

2.1 Completed buildings

 

2,175

2.1.1 Residential

 

1,073

2.1.2 Other

 

1,102

2.2 Buildings and other constructions under construction

 

1,133

2.2.1 Residential

 

804

2.2.2 Other

 

329

2.3 Land

 

535

2.3.1 Developed consolidated land

 

363

2.3.2 Other land

 

172

Total

 

4,131

 

49

Table of Contents

e) Foreclosed real estate assets

 

The following table shows the breakdown at June 30, 2019 of the foreclosed assets for the Spanish business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

losses

 

 

 

 

carrying

 

Valuation

 

since time of

 

Carrying

Millions of euros

    

amount

    

Adjustments

    

the foreclosure

    

amount

Property assets arising from financing provided to construction and property development companies

 

7,008

 

3,726

 

2,519

 

3,282

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Completed Buildings

 

2,286

 

839

 

523

 

1,447

Residential

 

587

 

195

 

90

 

392

Other

 

1,699

 

644

 

433

 

1,055

Buildings under construction

 

353

 

127

 

74

 

226

Residential

 

341

 

123

 

74

 

218

Other

 

12

 

 4

 

-

 

 8

Land

 

4,369

 

2,760

 

1,922

 

1,609

Developed Land

 

1,610

 

980

 

586

 

630

Other land

 

2,759

 

1,780

 

1,336

 

979

Property assets from home purchase mortgage loans to households

 

935

 

291

 

135

 

644

Other foreclosed property assets

 

419

 

161

 

83

 

258

Total property assets

 

8,362

 

4,178

 

2,737

 

4,184

 

In addition, the Group holds an ownership interest in Project Quasar Investments 2017, S.L., for EUR 1,701 million, and EUR 69 million in foreclosed equity instruments or received in payment of debts.

 

f)    Solvency information

 

The Group commands a solvency position above the levels required by regulators and by the European Central bank. At June 30, 2019, at a consolidated level, the Group must maintain a minimum capital ratio of 9.70% of CET1 fully loaded (4.5% being the requirement for Pillar I, 1.5% being the requirement for Pillar 2R (requirement), 2.5% being the requirement for capital conservation buffer, 1% being the requirement for G-SIB and 0.2% being the requirement for anti-cyclical capital buffer). Santander Group must also maintain a minimum capital ratio of  1.5% of Tier 1 fully loaded and a minimum total ratio of 13.20% fully loaded.

 

At June 30, 2019, Banco Santander has a capital ratio regulatory CET1 of 11.30% and a total ratio of 14.83%.

 

Capital ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06-30-2019

 

12-31-2018

 

Capital coefficients

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 ordinary eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

68,406

 

67,962

 

Level 1 additional eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

9,509

 

9,754

 

Level 2 eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

11,867

 

11,009

 

Risk-weighted assets (millions of euros)

 

605,470

 

592,319

 

Level 1 ordinary capital coefficient (CET 1)

 

11.30

%

11.47

%

Level 1 additional capital coefficient (AT1)

 

1.57

%

1.65

%

Level 1 capital coefficient (TIER1)

 

12.87

%

13.12

%

Level 2 capital coefficient (TIER 2)

 

1.96

%

1.86

%

Total capital coefficient

 

14.83

%

14.98

%

 

Leverage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

06-30-2019

 

12-31-2018

 

Leverage

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (Millions of euros)

 

77,915

 

77,716

 

Exposure (Millions of euros)

 

1,552,573

 

1,489,094

 

Leverage ratio

 

5.02

%  

5.22

%

 

50

Table of Contents

17. Explanation added for translation to English

 

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presented on the basis of the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Note 1.b).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

Table of Contents

   

 

 

 

PART 2.  INTERIM CONSOLIDATED DIRECTORS’ REPORT
First half 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Simple Personal Fair

PICTURE 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Interim consolidated directors’ report

PICTURE 10

 

First half

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

PICTURE 56

 

 

 

 

 

 

KEY CONSOLIDATED DATA  

3

 

                                                                                        

 

SANTANDER AIM AND CORPORATE CULTURE  

4

 

 

 

GROUP FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

6

 

 

 

Group performance  

6

 

 

 

Income statement and balance sheet  

8

 

 

 

Solvency ratios  

17

 

 

 

Risk management  

18

 

 

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY SEGMENTS  

22

 

 

 

Primary segments  

26

 

 

 

Secondary segments  

43

 

 

 

RESPONSIBLE BANKING  

46

 

 

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

48

 

 

 

THE SANTANDER SHARE  

49

 

 

 

APPENDIX  

51

 

 

 

Financial information  

52

 

 

 

Alternative Performance Measures  

73

 

 

 

Glossary  

80

 

 

 

Other disclosures required by Bank of Spain  

81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key consolidated data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE SHEET (EUR million)

Jun-19

Mar-19

%

Jun-19

Jun-18

%

Dec-18

Total assets

1,512,096
1,506,151
0.4
1,512,096
1,433,833
5.5
1,459,271

Loans and advances to customers

908,235
910,195
(0.2)
908,235
862,092
5.4
882,921

Customer deposits

814,751
808,361
0.8
814,751
774,425
5.2
780,496

Total funds

1,032,769
1,019,878
1.3
1,032,769
981,363
5.2
980,562

Total equity

109,985
110,365
(0.3)
109,985
104,445
5.3
107,361

 

Note: Total funds includes customer deposits, mutual funds, pension funds and managed portfolios.

 

INCOME STATEMENT (EUR million)

Q2'19

Q1'19

%

H1'19

H1'18

%

2018

Net interest income

8,954
8,682
3.1
17,636
16,931
4.2
34,341

Total income

12,351
12,085
2.2
24,436
24,162
1.1
48,424

Net operating income

6,522
6,327
3.1
12,849
12,680
1.3
25,645

Profit before tax

2,929
3,602
(18.7)
6,531
6,899
(5.3)
14,201

Attributable profit to the parent

1,391
1,840
(24.4)
3,231
3,752
(13.9)
7,810

 

Changes in constant euros: Q2'19 / Q1'19: NII: +3.9%; Total income: +3.0%; Net operating income: +4.0%; Attributable profit: -23.2% H1'19 / H1'18: NII: +5.5%; Total income: +2.8%; Net operating income: +3.2%; Attributable profit: -11.7%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNDERLYING INCOME STATEMENT (1) (EUR million)

Q2'19

Q1'19

%

H1'19

H1'18

%

2018

Net interest income

8,954
8,682
3.1
17,636
16,931
4.2
34,341

Total income

12,351
12,085
2.2
24,436
24,162
1.1
48,424

Net operating income

6,522
6,327
3.1
12,849
12,680
1.3
25,645

Profit before tax

3,895
3,684
5.7
7,579
7,480
1.3
14,776

Attributable profit to the parent

2,097
1,948
7.6
4,045
4,052
(0.2)
8,064

 

Variations in constant euros: Q2'19 / Q1'19: NII: +3.9%; Total income: +3.0%; Net operating income: +4.0%; Attributable profit: +8.7% H1'19 / H1'18: NII: +5.5%; Total income: +2.8%; Net operating income: +3.2%; Attributable profit: +2.1%

 

EPS, PROFITABILITY AND EFFICIENCY (%)

Q2'19

Q1'19

%

H1'19

H1'18

%

2018

EPS (euro)

0.076
0.104
(26.7)
0.181
0.216
(16.4)
0.449

Underlying EPS (euros) (1)

0.120
0.111
8.1
0.231
0.235
(1.6)
0.465

RoE

7.79
7.85

 

7.41
8.24

 

8.21

RoTE

11.02
11.15

 

10.51
11.79

 

11.70

Underlying RoTE (1)

12.03
11.31

 

11.68
12.24

 

12.08

RoA

0.63
0.63

 

0.60
0.65

 

0.64

RoRWA

1.56
1.54

 

1.48
1.55

 

1.55

Underlying RoRWA (1)

1.67
1.56

 

1.62
1.60

 

1.59

Efficiency ratio

47.2
47.6

 

47.4
47.5

 

47.0

 

SOLVENCY AND NPL RATIOS (%)

Jun-19

Mar-19

 

Jun-19

Jun-18

 

Dec-18

CET1 (2)

11.30
11.23

 

11.30
10.80

 

11.30

Fully loaded Total ratio (2)

14.80
14.82

 

14.80
14.24

 

14.77

NPL ratio

3.51
3.62

 

3.51
3.92

 

3.73

Coverage ratio

68
68

 

68
69

 

67

 

MARKET CAPITALISATION AND SHARES

Jun-19

Mar-19

%

Jun-19

Jun-18

%

Dec-18

Shares (millions)

16,237
16,237

16,237
16,136
0.6
16,237

Share price (euros)

4.081
4.145
(1.5)
4.081
4.592
(11.1)
3.973

Market capitalisation (EUR million)

66,253
67,292
(1.5)
66,253
74,097
(10.6)
64,508

Tangible book value per share (euros)

4.30
4.30

 

4.30
4.10

 

4.19

Price / Tangible book value per share (X)

0.95
0.96

 

0.95
1.12

 

0.95

P/E ratio (X)

11.29
9.94

 

11.29
10.62

 

8.84

 

OTHER DATA

Jun-19

Mar-19

%

Jun-19

Jun-18

%

Dec-18

Number of shareholders

4,054,208
4,089,097
(0.9)
4,054,208
4,152,125
(2.4)
4,131,489

Number of employees

201,804
202,484
(0.3)
201,804
200,961
0.4
202,713

Number of branches

13,081
13,277
(1.5)
13,081
13,482
(3.0)
13,217

 

(1)

In addition to financial information prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and derived from our consolidated financial statements, this report contains certain financial measures that constitute alternative performance measures (APMs) as defined in the Guidelines on Alternative Performance Measures issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) on October 5, 2015 and other non-IFRS measures, including the figures related to “underlying” results, as they are recorded in the separate line of “net capital gains and provisions”, above the line of attributable profit to the parent. Further details are provided on page 12 of this report.

For further details of the APMs and non-IFRS measures used, including its definition or a reconciliation between any applicable management indicators and the financial data presented in the consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS, please see 2018 Annual Financial Report, published in the CNMV on February 28, 2019, our 20-F report for the year ending December 31, 2018 registered with the SEC in the United States as well as the “Alternative performance measures” section of the annex to this report.

(2)

2019 and 2018 data applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements. As indicated by the consolidating supervisor a pay-out of 50%, the maximum within the target range (40%- 50%), was applied for the calculation of the capital ratios in 2019. Previously, the average cash pay-out for the last three years was considered.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SANTANDER VISION AND CORPORATE CULTURE

 

Our success is based on a clear purpose, aim and approach to business.

We are building a more responsible bank

 

A  digital Santander.

To continue growing in a sustainable and profitable way and to accelerate execution, we will remain focused on our digital transformation.

 

 

PICTURE 170
Our
purpose

 

To help
people and
businesses
prosper .

  

 

PICTURE 171
Our aim
as a bank

 

To be the best open
financial services
platform , by acting
responsibly  and earning
the lasting
loyalty of
our people, customers,
shareholders and
communities.

 

  

 

PICTURE 172
Our
how

 

Everything
we do should be
Simple,
Personal
and Fair
.

  

 

Santander expects to accelerate its digital transformation and the launch of global platforms, which will enable the Group to offer new solutions, products and services to our customers, and compete in the open market for new ones.

PICTURE 57

PICTURE 65

 

Strong corporate culture.

The Santander Way is our global culture, fully aligned to our corporate strategy. It includes our purpose, our aim, and how we do business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our corporate culture includes eight corporate behaviors...

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 67

PICTURE 194

PICTURE 195

PICTURE 196

PICTURE 197

PICTURE 198

PICTURE 199

PICTURE 200

 

   

Show

Truly listen

Talk

Keep

Support

Embrace

Actively

Bring

   

 

respect

 

straight

promises

people

change

collaborate

passion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

…and a strong risk culture where everyone is personally responsible for managing

their risks in their day to day work

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Generating confidence and operating responsibly, we contribute value to all our stakeholders

 

 

PICTURE 23

 

 

 

PICTURE 6

 

At June 30, 2019 Grupo Santander had 201,804 professionals throughout the world, with an average age of 38, 55% of them women and 45% men.

 

 

 

PICTURE 201

 

The aim of our human resources strategy is to be a reference employer, working on these strategic drivers: a common culture (the Santander Way ), dynamic management of talent ( Workday , the new central global platform for employees and their skills) and talent for the future ( Strategic Workforce Planning ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 8

 

Significant progress is being made in various initiatives within the priorities of culture and commitment (such as Flexiworking, StarMeUp, commitment surveys); attraction and recruitment (such as remuneration plans that involve shares); retaining and developing talent (such as Young Leaders , learning platforms, succession plans, international mobility), as well as diversity and inclusion (gender salary equity, development of diversity and inclusion principles, etc.).

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 22

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 12

 

We continued to focus on improving customer loyalty and experience. Progress was reflected in the increase of 1.9 million loyal customers, greater penetration over active clients and 6.4 million digital customers in the last 12 months.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 13

 

With the creation of Santander Global Platform, we are taking a further step forward in our digital transformation, which aligns our reporting structure with our organisation and strategy..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 15

 

We also continued to strengthen our traditional branches and develop new models ( SMART ,   Súper Ágil and Work Café ), while investing in new generation ATMs and in contact centres.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 24

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 17

 

Extel recognised Banco Santander as one of the three best banks in Europe for investor relations, based on a survey of more than 14,000 investment professionals. IR Magazine awarded the Santander Investor Relations team its Best Crisis Management Prize.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 19

 

The Bank maintains a constant communication commitment with its investors and shareholders. In line with this strategy, analysts and investors in Spain and the UK took part in a survey to assess the rollout of the Group’s corporate culture.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 18

 

The Bank launched the XI edition of the Universia Foundation Scholarships, which help university students with disabilities who are Santander shareholders or relatives of shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 29

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 20

 

The Group announced new responsible banking commitments for 2019-2025. These include, among other things: make available EUR 120,000 million of green financing, eliminate single use unnecessary plastic in all the Group’s buildings, increase the consumption of renewable energy to 100% in those countries where it is possible to certify its origin and raise the number of women in senior management. Further details in page 46.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 21

 

Grupo Santander is classified as first in the Spanish ranking of sustainable debt issues, after acting as bookrunner in the majority of the green bond issues in Spain, according to Dealogic.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 68

 

Santander is also very actively involved in syndicated loans of sustainable bonds in Spain, and has a range of ESG mutual funds ( Santander Sostenible ) that make us the leader with a 66% market share.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROUP PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  PICTURE 4   GROWTH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 3

 

 

 

The Group’s strategy is driving growth in loyal and digital customers and is reflected in greater activity in almost all markets

 

 

 

Further increase in loyal customers to more than 20 million in June 2019, 1.9 million more than at the end of June 2018 (+10%), with individuals up 11% and companies 7%.

 

 

 

The faster pace of digitalisation is producing notable growth in digital customers, whose number increased by 6.4 million (+22%) in the 12 months since June 2018 to nearly 35 million. There was also strong growth in the number of online and mobile phone accesses in the first half to 3,725 million (+28% year-on-year) and in monetary and voluntary transactions to 1,062 million (+25%).

 

 

 

Loyal customers

   

Digital customers

 

Millions

 

Millions

 

PICTURE 1

 

PICTURE 6

 

 

 

Volumes (at constant exchange rates) increased in the second quarter both gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos), as well as customer funds (+2% and +3%, respectively).

 

Compared to June 2018 (at constant exchange rates), gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) grew 4% and increased in seven of the 10 core units. Customer funds (+6% year- on-year) rose in all of them. Growth in demand and time deposits as well as mutual funds.

 

Solid funding structure and liquidity: net loan-to-deposit ratio of 111% (the same as in June 2018).

 

 

Activity: Jun-19 vs. Jun-18

 

% change in constant euros

 

PICTURE 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROUP PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    PICTURE 90 PROFITABILITY

 

  PICTURE 89 STRENGTH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solid business model which enables us to generate value based on profitability, efficiency and innovation, and obtain profits on a recurring basis

 

Santander is strengthening its capital ratios and improving credit quality while maintaining a high level of profitability

 

 

 

The positive trends in results were maintained in the current context, with solid customer revenue. Of note, growth in net interest income, costs which reflect the first synergies in some countries and stable provisions.

 

The CET1 ratio stood at 11.30% after organically generating 11 basis points in the second quarter and absorbing regulatory impacts and restructuring costs (-20 bps). The CET1 ratio was 50 basis points higher year-on-year.

 

 

 

Second quarter attributable profit of EUR 1,391 million, affected by EUR 706 million of net charges, mainly in restructuring costs. Excluding this impact, underlying profit was EUR 2,097 million (+8% quarter-on-quarter). Excluding the contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (SRF) underlying profit would have risen 16% (+17% in constant euros).

 

Tangible equity per share (TNAV) was EUR 4.30 in June 2019, 5% higher than a year earlier.

In addition, and in terms of value creation per shareholder, the recording between the two dates of the cash dividend should be taken into account. Including it, the TNAV per share increased 10% in the last 12 months.

 

 

 

PROFITABILITY_7

 

STRENGTH_7

 

 

 

First half attributable profit of EUR 3,231 million, affected by net charges of EUR 814 million in ‘net capital gains and provisions’ (see page 12). Excluding them, underlying attributable profit (EUR 4,045 million) was stable in euros (+2% in constant euros), after absorbing the markets’ negative performance, higher costs for foreign currency hedging, the impact of implementing IFRS 16 and the high inflation adjustment in Argentina. Profit rose in seven of the 10 core units.

 

The efficiency ratio remained at around 47%, one of the best among our peers, the RoTE was 10.5% and underlying RoTE 11.7%. Lastly, RoRWA of 1.48% and underlying RoRWA of 1.62%.

 

Credit quality improved in the quarter and in the last 12 months. The cost of credit ended June below 1% (0.98% in June 2019) and the NPL ratio dropped for the eighth consecutive quarter (-11 bps in the second quarter and -41 bps since June 2018). Coverage remained at 68%.

 

 

 

EFFICIENCY_7

 

COST OF CREDIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRUPO SANTANDER RESULTS

 

       Second quarter attributable profit to the Parent of EUR 1,391 million, affected by EUR -706 million of net charges that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business, mainly restructuring costs. Excluding this charge, underlying profit was 8% higher (+9% excluding exchange rates).

 

       First half attributable profit was 14% lower year-on-year at EUR 3,231 million (-12% in constant euros) after recording net results that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business, amounting to EUR -814 million in 2019 and EUR -300 million in 2018. Excluding these results, the underlying attributable profit was EUR 4,045 million, very similar to that in the same period of 2018 (+2% in constant euros).

 

       At the end of June 2019, the results continued to reflect a solid underlying trend. Customer revenue increased and costs began to show the synergies obtained in various units. The efficiency ratio continued to be one of the best in the sector (47.4%).

 

       The cost of credit remained at very low levels (0.98%) and profitability ratios were high: RoTE of 10.5% (underlying RoTE of 11.7%) and RoRWA of 1.48% (underlying RoRWA of 1.62%).

 

Grupo Santander. Summarised income statement

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

 

Change

 

Q2'19

Q1'19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

H1'18

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

8,954
8,682
3.1
3.9
17,636
16,931
4.2
5.5

Net fee income (commission income minus commission expense)

2,932
2,931
0.0
1.0
5,863
5,889
(0.4)
2.3

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences (net)

234
277
(15.5)
(14.3)
511
854
(40.2)
(37.2)

Dividend income

295
66
347.0
346.8
361
264
36.7
37.2

Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method

153
153

0.7
306
354
(13.6)
(11.2)

Other operating income / expenses

(217)
(24)
804.2
905.8
(241)
(130)
85.4
131.7

Total income

12,351
12,085
2.2
3.0
24,436
24,162
1.1
2.8

Operating expenses

(5,829)
(5,758)
1.2
1.8
(11,587)
(11,482)
0.9
2.4

Administrative expenses

(5,099)
(5,011)
1.8
2.3
(10,110)
(10,265)
(1.5)
(0.0)

Staff costs

(3,074)
(3,006)
2.3
2.7
(6,080)
(5,960)
2.0
3.3

Other general administrative expenses

(2,025)
(2,005)
1.0
1.7
(4,030)
(4,305)
(6.4)
(4.7)

Depreciation and amortisation

(730)
(747)
(2.3)
(1.7)
(1,477)
(1,217)
21.4
23.0

Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net)

(2,122)
(2,246)
(5.5)
(4.8)
(4,368)
(4,352)
0.4
1.5

o/w: net loan-loss provisions

(2,141)
(2,172)
(1.4)
(0.7)
(4,313)
(4,297)
0.4
1.4

Impairment on other assets (net)

(7)
(20)
(65.0)
(69.2)
(27)
(96)
(71.9)
(72.6)

Provisions or reversal of provisions

(1,451)
(465)
212.0
214.4
(1,916)
(1,262)
51.8
54.8

Gain or losses on non financial assets and investments, net

31
219
(85.8)
(85.8)
250
23
987.0
987.0

Negative goodwill recognised in results

Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

(44)
(213)
(79.3)
(79.3)
(257)
(94)
173.4
173.4

Profit or loss before tax from continuing operations

2,929
3,602
(18.7)
(17.5)
6,531
6,899
(5.3)
(3.1)

Tax expense or income from continuing operations

(1,092)
(1,357)
(19.5)
(18.3)
(2,449)
(2,378)
3.0
6.1

Profit from the period from continuing operations

1,837
2,245
(18.2)
(17.1)
4,082
4,521
(9.7)
(7.9)

Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations

Profit for the period

1,837
2,245
(18.2)
(17.1)
4,082
4,521
(9.7)
(7.9)

Attributable profit to non-controlling interests

(446)
(405)
10.1
10.7
(851)
(769)
10.7
10.3

Attributable profit to the parent

1,391
1,840
(24.4)
(23.2)
3,231
3,752
(13.9)
(11.7)

 

EPS (euros)

0.076
0.104
(26.7)

 

0.181
0.216
(16.4)

 

Diluted EPS (euros)

0.076
0.104
(26.7)

 

0.180
0.216
(16.4)

 

 

Memorandum items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total assets

1,500,703
1,488,505
0.8

 

1,492,954
1,438,444
3.8

 

Average stockholders' equity

98,659
97,886
0.8

 

98,191
94,662
3.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 97 First half of 2019 results compared to the first half of 2018

 

The underlying trends of the P&L remained solid compared to the first half of 2018, with customer revenue growing, mainly net interest income, costs beginning to reflect the synergies obtained in various units and a cost of credit still at historically low levels.

 

This good performance, however, is not fully reflected in the year-on-year comparison for attributable profit because of the recording of a net negative amount of EUR 814 million for charges that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business, mainly restructuring costs for ongoing integrations, as set out on page 12 of this report. In addition, the comparison is also affected by the poorer performance of gains on financial transactions, implementing IFRS 16 and the high inflation adjustment in Argentina.

 

This performance is explained in detail below:

 

PICTURE 96  Revenue

 

●  Our revenue structure, where net interest income and net fee income generate more than 96% of total income in 2019, well above the average of our competitors, enables us to grow consistently and recurrently, limiting the impact that bouts of high volatility could have on our results from financial operations. Total income grew 1% (+3% without the FX impact), as follows:

 

–  Net interest income rose 4%. Excluding the FX impact, growth was 6% and due to greater lending and deposits, mainly in developing countries where, overall, they increased at double-digit rates in constant euros, and management of spreads in a low interest rate environment in mature markets and which fell in some countries in the last 12 months. There was also a negative impact of around EUR 150 million from IFRS 16 application.

 

All units rose in local currency terms, except the UK which was affected by the pressure of spreads in new mortgage loans and SVR balances (Standard Variable Rate), Portugal, due to low interest rates and the impact of ALCO portfolio sales, and Chile because of lower inflation. Mexico, Uruguay, Argentina and Poland increased at double digit rates and Brazil, and the US at around 7%.

 

–  Net fee income fell 0.4%. The increase without the FX impact was 2%, reflecting the greater customer loyalty combined with the growth strategy in services and higher value-added products. Of note was the growth in the most transactional businesses from cards, insurance, custody, foreign currency and cheques and transfers. On the other hand, decline in net fee income from advising operations and guarantees, affected by reduced activity in the markets.

 

–  Gains on financial transaction s and other operating income (dividends, equity method income and others), which accounted for less than 4% of total income, fell 30% in euros and 29% without the FX impact because of lower activity in the first half of 2019, combined with a higher cost of foreign currency hedging compared to a very good first quarter in 2018 in the markets and higher income from the ALCO portfolio sales.

 

 

Net interest income

 

Net fee income

EUR million

 

EUR million

PICTURE 98

 

PICTURE 99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 94   Costs

 

● Costs grew 1% in euros and 2% without the FX impact, as a result of investments in transformation and digitalisation, the improvements made to the distribution networks, the slight perimeter impact from the integration of the retail and SME businesses acquired from Deutsche Bank Polska and the impact on Argentina of high inflation.

 

● In real terms (excluding inflation), costs were 2% lower (excluding the FX impact). The Group’s aim is to improve our operational capacity and at the same time manage our costs more efficiently adapted to each area, via an exemplary execution of the integrations currently underway and fostering the use of shared services, mainly in Europe, where costs are beginning to reflect the first synergies of integrations, and fell 3% in real terms, underpinned by decreases in Spain (-9%), the UK (-3%) and Portugal (-5%). Of note among other countries was the US, where costs fell 2% in real terms backed by an improvement in operational leveraging, as well as Brazil and Chile whose costs were controlled despite the ongoing investment to improve the distribution capacity.

 

The efficiency ratio continued to be a reference in the sector at 47.4%, virtually unchanged from 47.5% in the first half of 2018.

 

PICTURE 93  Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net)

 

● The impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net) amounted to EUR 4,368 million, 0.4% more year-on-year (1% without the FX impact).

 

● As part of this item, loan-loss provisions were the same in euros and 1% higher without the FX impact. By units, Brazil, Portugal, SCF, Chile and the UK declined, while those that increased are linked mainly to countries with stronger growth in volumes.

 

● The cost of credit inched down from 0.99% in June 2018 to 0.98% a year later. In year-on-year terms all units improved or remained stable, except for Argentina.

 

PICTURE 92  Impairment on other assets (net)

 

●  The impairment on other assets (net) in the first half of 2019 was EUR 27 million (EUR 96 million in the same period of 2018).

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

Operating expenses

EUR million

 

EUR million

PICTURE 102

 

PICTURE 103

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 346  Provisions or reversal of provisions

 

●  Provisions (net of reversal of provisions) amounted to EUR 1,916 million in the first half of 2019 (EUR 1,262 million in the same period of 2018). The increase was mainly due to restructuring charges in Spain, the UK and Poland, which are set out on page 12 of this report.

 

PICTURE 349  Gains or losses on non-financial assets and investments (net)

 

●  This item reflects a profit of EUR 250 million in 2019 (EUR 23 million in the first half of 2018). The increase was mainly due to the recording of capital gains from the sale of 51% our stake in Prisma Medios de Pago S.A. and the revaluation of the rest of the stake (49%), with a positive net tax impact in the first half of EUR 150 million.

 

PICTURE 3  Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

 

●  This item, which mainly includes the sale and deterioration of foreclosed assets recorded during the quarter, amounted to EUR-257 million in the first half (EUR -94 million in the same period of 2018).The difference was mainly due to the recording of capital losses from the sale of a portfolio of real estate to a subsidiary of Cerberus.

 

PICTURE 5  Profit before tax

 

●  First half profit before tax was EUR 6,531 million, 5% lower year- on-year. Excluding the FX impact, the fall was 3%, largely due to the non-recurring charges already mentioned.

 

PICTURE 90  Income tax

 

●  Income tax was EUR 2,449 million, 3% higher than in the first half of 2018.

 

PICTURE 91  Attributable profit to non-controlling interests

 

●  This amounted to EUR 851 million, 11% more year-on-year. Excluding the FX impact, it was 10% higher, mainly due to Brazil, the US, Mexico and Santander Consumer Finance.

 

PICTURE 92  Attributable profit to the parent

 

●  Profit attributed to the Parent was EUR 3,231 million, 14% less than in the first half of 2018. Excluding the FX impact it was 12% lower.

 

●  RoE was 7.4%, RoTE 10.5% and RoRWA 1.48% (8.2%, 11.8% and 1.55%, respectively, in the first half of 2018). Earnings per share were EUR 0.181 (EUR 0.216in the first half of 2018).

 

 

 

 

 

Net loan-loss provisions

  

Attributable profit to the parent

EUR million

 

 

EUR million

PICTURE 95

 

PICTURE 97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 385  Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

●  Underlying profit attributed to the parent was affected in 2019 and 2018 by the following net results, which are outside the ordinary course performance of our business and which distort year-on-year comparisons:

 

 

First half 2019:

 

1.

Restructuring costs in Spain as part of the plan to integrate Banco Popular’s commercial networks amounting to EUR 600 million, recorded in the second quarter.

 

2.

Charges in the UK of EUR 172 million were recorded in the first half for restructuring costs related to its optimisation plan and PPI provisions (of which EUR 106 million of were charged in the second quarter).

 

3.

Net capital losses of EUR 180 million for the sale of real estate assets in the first quarter.

 

4.

We also recorded restructuring costs of EUR 12 million in the first quarter for the integration process in Poland in the first quarter.

 

5.

Lastly, capital gains from the sale of 51% of our stake in the Argentinian entity Prisma Medios de Pago S.A. and the revaluation of the remaining 49%, generating a capital gain of EUR 150 million in the first quarter.

 

 

First half 2018:

 

1.

Positive results from the integration in Portugal (EUR 20 million), recorded in the second quarter.

 

2.

Charges for restructuring costs: EUR -280 million in Spain and EUR -40 million in the Corporate Centre, both related to Popular’s integration, recorded in the second quarter.

 

 

Excluding these results from the various P&L lines where they are recorded, and incorporating them separately in the line ‘net capital gains and provisions’, adjusted profit or underlying profit attributed to the parent was EUR 4,045 million in the first half of 2019, almost the same as a year earlier and 2% higher without the FX impact.

 

Seven of the 10 core units increased in their local currencies, and at double digit rates in Brazil, Mexico, the US and Portugal.

 

Profit decreased in the UK (mainly because of competitive pressure on revenue), in Poland (impacted by the higher contribution to the Bank Guarantee Fund and Banking Tax) and in Santander Consumer Finance, the last two falling 1% each in constant euros.

 

As a result, the Group’s underlying RoTE was 11.7%, the underlying RoRWA 1.62% and underlying earnings per share EUR 0.231 (EUR 0.235 in the first half of 2018).

 

 

 

 

Summarised underlying income statement (EUR million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

 

Change

 

Q2'19

Q1'19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

H1'18

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

8,954
8,682
3.1
3.9
17,636
16,931
4.2
5.5

Net fee income

2,932
2,931
0.0
1.0
5,863
5,889
(0.4)
2.3

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

234
277
(15.5)
(14.3)
511
854
(40.2)
(37.2)

Other operating income

231
195
18.5
16.5
426
488
(12.7)
(15.4)

Total income

12,351
12,085
2.2
3.0
24,436
24,162
1.1
2.8

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(5,829)
(5,758)
1.2
1.8
(11,587)
(11,482)
0.9
2.4

Net operating income

6,522
6,327
3.1
4.0
12,849
12,680
1.3
3.2

Net loan-loss provisions

(2,141)
(2,172)
(1.4)
(0.7)
(4,313)
(4,297)
0.4
1.4

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(486)
(471)
3.2
4.2
(957)
(903)
6.0
10.2

Profit before tax

3,895
3,684
5.7
6.8
7,579
7,480
1.3
3.4

Tax on profit

(1,353)
(1,326)
2.0
3.4
(2,679)
(2,659)
0.8
3.2

Profit from continuing operations

2,542
2,358
7.8
8.8
4,900
4,821
1.6
3.6

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

2,542
2,358
7.8
8.8
4,900
4,821
1.6
3.6

Non-controlling interests

(445)
(410)
8.5
9.0
(855)
(769)
11.2
10.8

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

2,097
1,948
7.6
8.7
4,045
4,052
(0.2)
2.1

Net capital gains and provisions

(706)
(108)
553.7
536.6
(814)
(300)
171.3
171.3

Attributable profit to the parent

1,391
1,840
(24.4)
(23.2)
3,231
3,752
(13.9)
(11.7)

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 977  Second quarter results compared to the first quarter of 2019

 

The second quarter’s attributable profit to the parent was 24% lower than the first quarter’s in euros and 23% lower without the FX impact. This comparison is conditioned by those amounts that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business (EUR-706 million), which are explained in previous pages.

 

Excluding these results, underlying attributable profit to the parent was 8% higher quarter-on-quarter in euros and 9% higher without the FX impact, as follows:

 

    Total income increased 3% due to growth in customer revenue.

 

–   Net interest income was 4% higher, mainly due to the good performance in Brazil, the recovery of inflation in Chile and rises at Santander Consumer Finance and the US because of larger volumes.

 

–   Net fee income increased 1% after absorbing the decrease derived from wholesale markets. The main increase was in Brazil.

 

–   Gains on financial transactions and other operating income remained virtually flat, after absorbing the contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (SRF) in the second quarter.

 

   Operating expenses rose 2% driven by North America, South America (partly due to high inflation in Argentina) and Santander Global Platform (investments made in the initial phase), while Europe decreases, with falls in the UK, Spain and Portugal.

 

   Loan-loss provisions decreased 1%, due to falls in Europe and the US.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent*

 

 

EUR million

 

 

PICTURE 1

 

 

(*) Excluding net capital gains and provisions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grupo Santander. Condensed balance sheet

EUR million

 

Assets

Jun-19

Jun-18

Absolute
change

%

Dec-18

Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits

104,104
107,687
(3,583)
(3.3)
113,663

Financial assets held for trading

102,574
112,947
(10,373)
(9.2)
92,879

Debt securities

33,343
27,005
6,338
23.5
27,800

Equity instruments

11,133
17,670
(6,537)
(37.0)
8,938

Loans and advances to customers

300
5,103
(4,803)
(94.1)
202

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

7,172
(7,172)
(100.0)

Derivatives

57,798
55,997
1,801
3.2
55,939

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

78,813
53,306
25,507
47.9
68,190

Loans and advances to customers

23,407
20,289
3,118
15.4
23,796

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

46,915
25,131
21,784
86.7
32,325

Other (debt securities an equity instruments)

8,491
7,886
605
7.7
12,069

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

118,062
120,831
(2,769)
(2.3)
121,091

Debt securities

111,891
116,520
(4,629)
(4.0)
116,819

Equity instruments

2,789
2,766
23
0.8
2,671

Loans and advances to customers

3,382
1,545
1,837
118.9
1,601

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

981,046
922,948
58,098
6.3
946,099

Debt securities

39,382
39,524
(142)
(0.4)
37,696

Loans and advances to customers

881,146
835,155
45,991
5.5
857,322

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

60,518
48,269
12,249
25.4
51,081

Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

7,788
9,262
(1,474)
(15.9)
7,588

Tangible assets

33,755
23,461
10,294
43.9
26,157

Intangible assets

28,794
27,893
901
3.2
28,560

Goodwill

25,613
25,035
578
2.3
25,466

Other intangible assets

3,181
2,858
323
11.3
3,094

Other assets

57,160
55,498
1,662
3.0
55,044

Total assets

1,512,096
1,433,833
78,263
5.5
1,459,271

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

Financial liabilities held for trading

74,187
75,350
(1,163)
(1.5)
70,343

Customer deposits

5,777
(5,777)
(100.0)

Debt securities issued

Deposits by central banks and credit institutions

558
(558)
(100.0)

Derivatives

58,341
54,892
3,449
6.3
55,341

Other

15,846
14,123
1,723
12.2
15,002

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

60,237
58,153
2,084
3.6
68,058

Customer deposits

37,849
31,881
5,968
18.7
39,597

Debt securities issued

3,117
2,309
808
35.0
2,305

Deposits by central banks and credit institutions

19,141
23,535
(4,394)
(18.7)
25,707

Other

130
428
(298)
(69.6)
449

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

1,224,194
1,153,918
70,276
6.1
1,171,630

Customer deposits

776,902
736,767
40,135
5.4
740,899

Debt securities issued

251,672
224,466
27,206
12.1
244,314

Deposits by central banks and credit institutions

160,808
164,164
(3,356)
(2.0)
162,202

Other

34,812
28,521
6,291
22.1
24,215

Liabilities under insurance contracts

731
936
(205)
(21.9)
765

Provisions

14,571
13,758
813
5.9
13,225

Other liabilities

28,191
27,273
918
3.4
27,889

Total liabilities

1,402,111
1,329,388
72,723
5.5
1,351,910

Shareholders' equity

120,054
117,935
2,119
1.8
118,613

Capital stock

8,118
8,068
50
0.6
8,118

Reserves

108,705
107,164
1,541
1.4
104,922

Attributable profit to the Group

3,231
3,752
(521)
(13.9)
7,810

Less: dividends

(1,049)
1,049
(100.0)
(2,237)

Other comprehensive income

(21,425)
(23,885)
2,460
(10.3)
(22,141)

Minority interests

11,356
10,395
961
9.2
10,889

Total equity

109,985
104,445
5,540
5.3
107,361

Total liabilities and equity

1,512,096
1,433,833
78,263
5.5
1,459,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRUPO SANTANDER BALANCE SHEET

 

    Compared to June 2018, gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) as well as customer funds increased.

 

    Gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos rose 4% year-on-year, both in euros and in constant euros, with growth in seven of the 10 core countries, particularly in developing markets (+12%).

 

    Customer funds increased 7% year-on-year in euros. In constant euros up 6%, with rises in the 10 core units. Deposits (excluding repos) grew in all units and mutual funds in most of them, due to the better performance in recent months (+4% in constant euros in the quarter and 9% since December 2018).

 

PICTURE 2    Loans and advances to customers

 

Gross loans and advances to customers rose to EUR 908,234 million, 5% growth year-on-year.

 

The Group uses gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos for the purpose of analysing traditional commercial banking loans.

 

   Compared to June 2018, gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and the exchange rate impact increased 4%, with the following evolution by countries:

 

− Increase in seven of the 10 core units, particularly all developing countries, which overall grew 12%: Poland (+26%), partly because of the increased perimeter, Argentina (+14%), due to peso balances as well as the impact of the currency’s depreciation on dollar balances, Brazil (+9%), Mexico (+8%) and Chile (+7%).

 

− As regards mature markets, notable growth in the United States (+10%, with growth in SC USA and SBNA) and Santander Consumer Finance (+7%), with rises in all countries that comprise it. The UK’s balances remained stable, as mortgage and other retail loan growth was partially offset by the reduction of commercial real estate exposure.

 

− The only declines were in Portugal and Spain, markets that continued to deleverage and where gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos fell by 1% and 4%, respectively. Portugal was affected by the sale of non-productive portfolios, and Spain was affected by lower wholesale balances and with institutions.

 

   Quarter-on-quarter,   gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos increased 2%. Growth of 3% in Santander Consumer Finance and in the US, 2% in Poland, Mexico and Chile and around 1% in the UK and Brazil. Spain remained stable in the quarter and Argentina decreased 2%.

 

   Loans and advances to customers maintained a balanced structure at the end of the semester: individuals (46%), consumer credit (17%), SMEs and companies (25%) and SCIB (12%).

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (Excl. reverse repos)

  

Gross loans and advances to customers (Excl. reverse repos)

EUR billion

 

 

% operating areas. June 2019

PICTURE 6

 

PICTURE 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 4   Customer funds

 

Customer deposits amounted to EUR 814,751 million, 5% growth in the last 12 months.

 

The Group uses customer funds (customer deposits excluding repos, and including mutual funds) for the purpose of analysing traditional retail banking funds.

 

   Compared to June 2018, customer funds increased 7%. Excluding the exchange rate impact, growth was 6%, as follows:

 

– By units, funds rose in all of them, particularly Argentina (+40%), Poland (+22%), Brazil (+11%) and the US (+10%). More moderate growth of between 3% and 5% in Santander Consumer Finance, Spain and Chile. Balances in the UK and Mexico rose 2%.

 

– Demand deposits increased 7%, with growth in all units except Mexico. Time deposits rose 5% mainly due to the US and South American countries, particularly Brazil, which grew 14% under its strategy of replacing letras financeiras with customer deposits in order to optimise the cost of funds. Mutual funds rose 5%, recovering growth in 2019 in most of the units after the fall in markets in 2018.

 

  In the second quarter, customer funds increased 2% (+3% excluding exchange rate impacts). Deposits grew 3% and mutual funds grew 4%. By countries, and in local currency, there was an increase in the 10 core units, with the following detail by product:

 

  As regards deposits, without repos, notable growth in Brazil (+8%), Argentina (+6%), and the US (+4%). Rises in all of them in demand as well as time deposits.

 

−  Mutual funds grew strongly in all the units.

 

    Customer funds continued to be well diversified by products: 60% are demand deposits, 22% time deposits and 18% mutual funds.

 

As well as capturing customer deposits, Grupo Santander, for strategic reasons, maintains a selective policy of issuing securities in the international fixed income markets and strives to adapt the frequency and volume of its market operations to the structural liquidity needs of each unit, as well as to the receptiveness of each market.

 

    In the first half, the Group issued:

 

  Medium- and long-term senior debt amounting to EUR 12,254 million and covered bonds placed in the market of EUR 4,511 million.

 

  There were EUR 7,885 million of securitisations placed in the market.

 

  Issuances to meet the TLAC (Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity) requirement amounting to EUR 1,947 million, in order to strengthen the Group’s situation (senior non-preferred: EUR 885 million, preferred: EUR 1,062 million).

 

  Maturities of medium- and long-term debt of EUR 13,918 million.

 

    The net loan-to-deposit ratio was 111% (111% in June 2018). The ratio of deposits plus medium- and long-term funding to the Group’s loans was 115%, underscoring the comfortable funding structure.

 

 

 

 

 

Customer funds

  

Customer funds

EUR billion

 

 

% operating areas. June 2019

PICTURE 10

 

PICTURE 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solvency ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOLVENCY RATIOS

 

    The CET1 ratio reached 11.30% following the organic generation of 11 bps in the quarter and absorbing -20 basis points of regulatory impacts and restructuring costs.

 

    Tangible equity per share was EUR 4.30.

 

    The fully loaded leverage ratio was 5.0%, almost the same quarter-on-quarter.

 

At the end of June 2019, the total phased-in capital ratio stood at 14.83% and the CET1 ratio (phased-in and fully loaded) at 11.30%, comfortably meeting the minimum levels required by the European Central Bank on a consolidated basis (13.187% for the total capital ratio and 9.687% for the CET1 ratio).

 

In the quarter, we continued to generate capital organically, +11 basis points, as a result of underlying profits and the active management of risk weighted assets. As such, the organic generation in the first half of the year was 29 basis points.

 

This, together with favourable market movements benefiting the held to collect and sell portfolio (due to falling interest rates), compensated the negative accounting and regulatory impacts registered in the year to date (-36 basis points, principally due to IFRS 16 application and TRIM), as well as the negative 13 basis point impact from restructuring costs, mainly in Spain.

 

Had the IFRS 9 transitional arrangement not been applied, the total impact on the CET1 would have been -23 basis points.

 

In April 2019, the European Central Bank published the aggregate result of its Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) carried out in 2018. Santander has lower capital requirements than the average of SSM banks. This positive differential was wider in 2018 than in 2017.

 

Eligible capital. June 2019*

   

Fully-loaded capital ratio*

EUR million

 

%

 

Phased-in

Fully loaded

 

PICTURE 12

CET1

68,406
68,406

 

Basic capital

77,915
77,096

 

Eligible capital

89,782
89,640

 

Risk-weighted assets

605,470
605,470

 

CET1 capital ratio

11.30
11.30

 

T1 capital ratio

12.87
12.73

 

Total capital ratio

14.83
14.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CET1*

%

PICTURE 13

 

(*)  All 2018 and 2019 data was calculated using the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements, unless otherwise indicated. As indicated by the consolidating supervisor a pay-out of 50%, the maximum within the target range (40%-50%), was applied for the calculation of the capital ratios in June 2019. Previously, the average cash pay-out for the last three years was considered.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

    Santander maintained its medium-low risk profile in the second quarter with an enhanced credit quality, low risk market activity focused on our customers and limited exposure to operational risk events.

 

    The Group’s credit quality improved: NPL ratio decreased to 3.51% and cost of credit is still below 1%. Coverage remained stable at 68%.

 

    Market risk exposure remained at low levels despite continued volatility and uncertainty.

 

    The operational risk profile remained stable, with a similar distribution of losses by category in the quarter.

 

PICTURE 8

Credit risk management

 

The positive trend in credit quality continued, underpinned by the good year-on-year evolution of the NPL ratios, coverage and cost of credit in the second quarter.

 

Non-performing loans amounted to EUR 34,421 million at the end of June 2019, 3% lower than in the first quarter. Excluding the exchange-rate impact, the volume of NPLs also decreased by 3%, with reductions in Europe, and similar levels in North and South America. Both net inflows to NPLs and charge-offs were reduced on a year-on-year basis.

 

The Group’s NPL ratio continued to fall (-11 bps in the quarter to 3.51% and -41 bps since June 2018). Significant reductions have been observed in Spain, Chile, Portugal and Poland, while Argentina showed an increase due to the country’s complex economic situation.

 

Loan-loss provisions made in the second quarter amounted to EUR 2,141 million, 1% lower than in the first quarter.

 

Cumulative loan-loss reserves remained stable year-on-year at EUR 4,313 million (+1% in constant euros) with improvements in most of the geographies.

 

The cost of credit remained below 1% (0.98%), with falls in seven of the 10 core units in the second quarter.

 

Credit risk

EUR million

 

 

Jun-19

Jun-18

Var. %

Dec-18

Non-performing loans

34,421
36,654
(6.1)
35,692

NPL ratio (%)

3.51
3.92

 

3.73

Loan-loss allowances

23,432
25,148
(6.8)
24,061

For impaired assets

14,723
15,849
(7.1)
15,148

For other assets

8,709
9,298
(6.3)
8,913

Coverage ratio (%)

68
69

 

67

Cost of credit (%)

0.98
0.99

 

1.00

 

Key metrics geographic performance. June 2019

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPL

Change (bps)

Coverage

 

ratio

QoQ

YoY

ratio

Spain

7.02
(27)
(60)
43

SCF

2.24
(9)
(20)
106

United Kingdom

1.13
(4)

32

Portugal

5.00
(77)
(255)
53

Poland

4.21
(18)
(37)
70

USA

2.32
(9)
(59)
158

Mexico

2.21
9
(37)
127

Brazil

5.27
1
1
106

Chile

4.52
(15)
(34)
59

Argentina

3.79
29
139
126

 

NPL and coverage ratios. Total Group

%

PICTURE 14

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loan-loss reserves amounted to EUR 23,432 million. Coverage at the end of June 2019 was 68% for the Group. Also taking into account that in Spain and the UK, a large part of their portfolios have real estate collateral, which justifies lower coverage levels.

 

The Group’s coverage by IFRS 9 stages remained stable on a year-on-year basis, with no significant movements.

 

 

 

Coverage ratio by stage

 

EUR billion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure*

 

Coverage

 

Jun-19

 

Jun-19

Jun-18

Stage 1

870

 

0.5%
0.6%

Stage 2

53

 

8.5%
8.5%

Stage 3

34

 

42.8%
43.2%

 

(*)   Exposure subject to impairment. Additionally, there are EUR 24 billion in loans and advances to customers not subject to impairment recorded at mark to market with changes through P&L.

 

Non-performing loans by quarter

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q1'18

Q2'18

Q3'18

Q4'18

Q1'19

Q2'19

Balance at beginning of period

37,596
37,407
36,654
36,332
35,692
35,590

Net additions

2,340
2,906
2,528
3,136
2,147
2,511

Increase in scope of consolidation

177

Exchange rate differences and other

361
(409)
(140)
(130)
479
(162)

Write-offs

(2,890)
(3,250)
(2,710)
(3,823)
(2,728)
(3,518)

Balance at period-end

37,407
36,654
36,332
35,692
35,590
34,421

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 9

Market risk

 

In the second quarter, the global corporate banking trading activity risk, which is mainly interest rate driven and focused on servicing our customer’s needs, measured in daily VaR terms at 99%, fluctuated around an average value of EUR 11.4 million and reached EUR 20.4 million mainly as a result of increased volatility and the exposure to interest rate and FX risk in Brazil, and always within the established limits. These figures are low compared to the size of the Group’s balance sheet and activity. In addition, there are other positions classified for accounting purposes as trading (total VaR of EUR 16.6 million at the end of June 2019).

 

 

 

 

Trading portfolios*. VaR performance

 

EUR million

 

 

PICTURE 15

 

(*)  Corporate & Investment Banking performance in financial markets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading portfolio*. VaR by geographic region

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

   

2018

Second quarter

Average

Latest

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Total

11.4
16.0

 

9.5

Europe

5.8
5.9

 

5.5

North America

3.6
4.9

 

3.9

South America

8.6
10.8

 

6.9

 

(*) Activity performance in Santander Corporate & Investment Banking markets.

 

 

 

Trading portfolio*. VaR by market factor

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second quarter 2019

Min.

Avg.

Max.

Last

Total VaR

7.3
11.4
20.4
16.0

Diversification effect

(0.4)
(6.4)
(12.0)
(11.1)

Interest rate VaR

7.0
8.9
15.5
15.5

Equity VaR

1.0
1.7
3.2
3.2

FX VaR

1.8
3.4
7.2
4.8

Credit spreads VaR

2.9
3.7
4.8
3.5

Commodities VaR

0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0

 

(*) Activity performance in Corporate & Investment Banking markets.

 

NOTE: In the Latin America, United States and Asia portfolios, VaR corresponding to the credit spreads factor other than sovereign risk is not relevant and is included in the interest rate factor.

 

 

 

PICTURE 16

Structural and liquidity risk

 

    With regards to structural exchange rate risk , Santander’s CET1 ratio coverage remained around 100% in order to protect it from foreign currency movements.

 

    In structural interest rate risk , during the second quarter a positive impact was generated in the value of the structural debt portfolio that was close to EUR 800 million, given the downward pressure on interest rates due to trade disputes, greater geopolitical tensions and increased expectations of new stimuli by the ECB and the Fed, as well as implementation of the economic reforms proposed in Brazil.

 

    In liquidity risk during the second quarter, the Group maintained a comfortable position, supported by a robust and diversified liquidity buffer, with ratios well above regulatory limits.

 

 

 

PICTURE 17

Operational risk

 

    The operational risk profile remained stable in the second quarter, although the volume of losses increased slightly due to the PPI claims in the UK, given that the deadline to present claims is approaching. Nevertheless, accumulated losses in the first half are lower than in the previous half year.

 

    In relative terms, levels of losses by Basel categories were similar, mainly those derived from civil claims with customers and external fraud.

 

    Specific risk-monitoring frameworks continued to improve such as those for suppliers or the most significant change management processes, as well as implementing measures to mitigate fraud in the main units (Mexico, UK and Brazil).

 

    Cybersecurity, a key area for the Group, continues to improve. Progress continued to be made in the first half of 2019 in our cybersecurity transformation programme in order to strengthen the detection, response and protection mechanisms.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL BACKGROUND

 

Economic activity slowed in the second quarter of 2019, particularly in mature economies, as a result of trade tensions which hit exports and investment and some one-off factors. Growth was noticeably slower in EU countries. The forecast for global growth in 2019 is around 3.25% (3.6% in 2018).

 

Slower growth together with downside risks and inflation generally below target produced a downward change in markets’ expectations on official interest rates – reinforced by central banks – which now discount cuts in the Fed’s and ECB’s benchmark rates. Latin American central banks thus have greater leeway.

 

 

 

 

Country

GDP
change
1

Economic performance

PICTURE 40   Eurozone

+1.2%

Growth weakened, affected by idiosyncratic factors in some countries combined with a weakening of global trade and greater uncertainties. Inflation fell to 1.2% in June as a result of lower energy prices. The European Central Bank held its very soft monetary policy and is contemplating, if necessary, expansive measures.

PICTURE 52   Spain

+2.4%

Economic growth remained stronger than the Eurozone’s, despite weakening a little. Job creation was still notable. The unemployment rate continued to fall. Inflation slipped to 0.4% in June.

PICTURE 55   Poland

+4.7%

GDP growth in the first quarter was brisk and based on solid foundations. The jobless rate is close to a historic low (3.9% in the first quarter). Inflation was 2.6% in June, exceeding the 2.5% inflation target for the first time in seven years. The benchmark rate, however, remained at 1.5%.

PICTURE 58   Portugal

+1.8%

Growth quickened slightly in the first quarter, but was not enough to keep on reducing the unemployment rate which is 6.8%, due to lower employment growth. Inflation was low at 0.4% in June. The fiscal deficit fell to 0.5% in 2018.

PICTURE 61 United Kingdom

+1.8%

The economy grew strongly in the first quarter (+0.5% over Q4’18). Inflation was 2.0% in June, in line with the Bank of England’s target and the unemployment rate inched down to 3.8%. The base rate remained at 0.75%, pending the outcome of Brexit.

PICTURE 71   Brazil

+0.5%

Growth slowed in the first quarter, due to weaker investment. Inflation eased to 3.4% in June, after rising in the first quarter and is expected to be below the 4.25% target. The central bank held its key rate at 6.50% (a historic low) but introduced a downward bias at its June meeting. The pension reform was passed the first vote in Congress.

PICTURE 101   Mexico

+1.2%

The economy slowed in the first quarter. Inflation was 3.9% in June and the expectations are anchored at around 3.5%. The central bank held its key rate at 8.25%, but at its June meeting a member of the monetary committee voted to cut it by 25 bps.

PICTURE 28   Chile

+1.6%

GDP growth decelerated in the first quarter, due to lower growth in investment and a fall in exports. The central bank cut its benchmark rate by 25 bps in June to 2.5% and left the bias neutral, suggesting stability. Inflation remained low (2.3% in June).

PICTURE 102   Argentina

-5.8%

The economy continued its adjustment process in order to reduce inflation and the fiscal and external imbalances. Activity seems to have reached a cyclical low in the first quarter, as April’s indicators suggest. Inflation shows incipient signs of easing in the second quarter, underpinned by a stable exchange rate.

PICTURE 103 United States

+3.2%

GDP growth gathered pace due to temporary factors in the first quarter. The unemployment rate was 3.7% in June and inflation remained below the Fed’s target (underlying rate of 1.6% in May), which kept interest rates stable at 2.25-2.5%, but gave a downward bias to its messages.

 

(1) Year-on-year change Q1'19.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS

 

The segment reporting is based on financial information presented to the chief operating decision maker, which excludes certain items included in the statutory results that distort year-on-year comparisons and are not considered for management reporting purposes. This financial information (underlying basis) is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of certain gains and losses (e.g.: capital gains, write-downs, impairment of goodwill, etc.). These gains and losses are items that management and investors ordinarily identify and consider separately to better understand the underlying trends in the business.

 

The Group has aligned the information in this operating segment section in a manner consistent with the underlying information used internally for management reporting purposes and with that presented throughout the Group’s other public documents.

 

The Group executive committee has been determined to be the chief operating decision maker for the Group. The Group’s operating segments reflect the organisational and management structures. The Group executive committee reviews the internal reporting based on these segments in order to assess performance and allocate resources.

 

The segments are differentiated by the geographic area where profits are earned, and by type of business. The financial information of each reportable segment is prepared by aggregating the figures for the Group’s various geographic areas and business units. The information relates to both the accounting data of the units integrated in each segment and that provided by management information systems. In all cases, the same general principles as those used in the Group are applied.

 

The businesses included in each of the business areas in this report and the accounting principles under which their results are presented here may differ from the businesses included and accounting principles applied in the financial information separately prepared and disclosed by our subsidiaries (some of which are publicly listed) which in name or geographical description may seem to correspond to the business areas covered in this report. Accordingly, the results of operations and trends shown for our business areas in this document may differ materially from those of such subsidiaries.

 

At the beginning of July 2019, we announced that, starting with the financial information for the first half of 2019, we would carry out a change in our reported segments to reflect our current organisational and management structure.

 

This change in our reported segments aims to align the segment information to how segments and units are managed and has no impact on accounting figures at the Group level. The main changes, which have been applied to segment information for all periods included in the consolidated financial statements, are the following:

 

Primary segments

 

1. Creation of the new geographic segment Europe that includes the existing units under the previous Continental Europe segment (Spain, Portugal, Poland and Santander Consumer Finance) plus the UK (that was previously a segment on its own and is now a unit under the segment Europe).

 

– The UK is aligned with the ring-fencing structure, including products and services distributed to our retail customers and the majority of our business customers. The businesses excluded are now incorporated in the rest of Europe.

 

– Spain now includes the Real Estate Activity Spain unit, previously included in the rest of Europe, and it excludes some treasury businesses now reported in the rest of Europe and the online bank Openbank is now incorporated in the new digital segment (Santander Global Platform).

 

– Rest of Europe, included within the Europe segment, comprises mainly (i) CIB businesses such as Banco Santander, S.A. branches outside of Spain (including the businesses excluded from the UK as a result of ring-fencing) as well as Spain’s treasury business and (ii) Private Banking’s Wealth Management & Insurance businesses in Switzerland, mutual funds in Luxemburg and Insurance in Zurich.

 

2. Creation of the new geographic segment North America that comprises the existing units under the previous US segment plus Mexico.

 

3. Creation of the new geographic segment South America that comprises the existing units under the previous Latin America segment except for Mexico.

 

4. Creation of a new reporting unit segment, Santander Global Platform, which includes our global digital services under a single unit:

 

– Our fully digital native bank Openbank and Open Digital Services.

 

– Global Payments Services: payments platform to better serve our customers with value propositions developed globally, including Superdigital, Pago FX and our recently launched global businesses (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

 

– Digital Assets: common digital assets and Centres of Digital Expertise which help our banks in their digital transformation.

 

Secondary segments

 

5. The Real Estate Activity Spain unit, that was previously a segment reported on its own, is now included in Retail Banking.

 

6. The insurance business, previously included in Retail Banking, is now included in the Wealth Management segment, which was renamed Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. The new digital segment (Santander Global Platform) is also incorporated as a secondary segment.

 

8. Finally, the change in reported segments also includes adjustments of the clients of the Global Customer Relationship Model between Retail Banking and Santander Corporate & Investment Banking and between Retail Banking and Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

The changes in the secondary segments have no impact on the primary segments.

 

To allow better quarter-on-quarter and year-on-year comparability, and as was published in the Relevant Fact in July 2019, the Group has provided the quarterly 2018 and first quarter of 2019 data on a new basis, in accordance with the new structure of the Group.

 

After these changes, the operating business areas are structured in two levels:

 

Primary segments

 

This primary level of segmentation, which is based on the Group’s management structure, comprises five reportable segments: four operating areas plus the Corporate Centre. The operating areas are:

 

Europe : which comprises all the business activities carried out in the region. Detailed financial information is provided on Spain, Portugal, Poland, Santander Consumer Finance (which incorporates all the region’s business, including the three countries mentioned herewith) and the UK.

 

North America : which comprises all the business activities carried out in Mexico and the US, which includes the holding company (SHUSA) and the businesses of Santander Bank, Santander Consumer USA, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, the specialised unit Banco Santander International and the New York branch.

 

South America : includes all the financial activities carried out by the Group through its banks and subsidiary banks in the region. Detailed information is provided on Brazil, Chile, Argentina, Uruguay, Peru and Colombia.

 

Santander Global Platform : includes our fully digital bank Openbank and Open Digital Services, Global Payments Services (Superdigital, Pago FX , Global Merchant Services, Global Trade Services) and Digital Assets (Centres of Digital Expertise, InnoVentures and Digital Assets).

 

Secondary segments

 

At this secondary level of segment reporting, the Group is structured into Retail Banking, Santander Corporate & Investment Banking, Wealth Management & Insurance and Santander Global Platform.

 

Retail Banking : this covers all customer banking businesses, including consumer finance, except those of corporate banking, which are managed through Santander Corporate & Investment Banking, and asset management, private banking and insurance, which are managed by Wealth Management & Insurance. The results of the hedging positions in each country are also included, conducted within the sphere of each one’s assets and liabilities committee.

 

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking (SCIB) : This business reflects revenue from global corporate banking, investment banking and markets worldwide including treasuries managed globally (always after the appropriate distribution with Retail Banking customers), as well as equity business.

 

Wealth Management & Insurance : Includes the asset management business (Santander Asset Management), the corporate unit of Private Banking and International Private Banking in Miami and Switzerland and the insurance business (Santander Insurance).

 

Santander Global Platform : includes our fully digital bank Openbank and Open Digital Services, Global Payments Services (Superdigital, Pago FX , Global Merchant Services, Global Trade Services) and Digital Assets (Centres of Digital Expertise, InnoVentures and Digital Assets).

 

In addition to these operating units, which report by geographic area and businesses, the Group continues to maintain the area of Corporate Centre , that includes the centralised activities relating to equity stakes in financial companies, financial management of the structural exchange rate position, assumed within the sphere of the Group’s assets and liabilities committee, as well as management of liquidity and of shareholders’ equity via issuances.

 

As the Group’s holding entity, this area manages all capital and reserves and allocations of capital and liquidity with the rest of businesses. It also incorporates amortisation of goodwill but not the costs related to the Group’s central services (charged to the areas), except for corporate and institutional expenses related to the Group’s functioning.

 

 

 

As described on the previous page, the results of our business areas presented below are provided on the basis of underlying results only and including the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. However, for a better understanding of the actual changes in the performance of our business areas, we provide and discuss the year-on-year changes to our results excluding such impact.

 

On the other hand, certain figures contained in this report, including financial information, have been subject to rounding to enhance their presentation. Accordingly, in certain instances, the sum of the numbers in a column or a row in tables contained in this report may not conform exactly to the total figure given for that column or row.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First half 2019

 

Main items of the underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

Net interest
income

Net fee
income

Total
income

Net operating
income

Profit
before tax

Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent

EUROPE

7,141
2,630
10,413
4,822
3,549
2,354

Spain

2,018
1,247
3,706
1,661
936
694

Santander Consumer Finance

1,911
415
2,321
1,286
1,117
658

United Kingdom

1,919
423
2,388
946
792
582

Portugal

429
197
712
400
379
260

Poland

565
230
817
467
293
150

Other

299
118
469
62
33
10

NORTH AMERICA

4,403
901
5,672
3,286
1,594
889

US

2,860
479
3,734
2,154
891
465

Mexico

1,543
423
1,938
1,132
703
424

SOUTH AMERICA

6,647
2,355
9,134
5,825
3,661
1,961

Brazil

4,979
1,855
6,864
4,637
2,846
1,482

Chile

940
200
1,255
731
560
311

Argentina

511
241
720
289
127
73

Other

217
60
295
168
128
94

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

46
2
39
(69)
(70)
(51)

CORPORATE CENTRE

(600)
(27)
(822)
(1,015)
(1,155)
(1,108)

TOTAL GROUP

17,636
5,863
24,436
12,849
7,579
4,045

 

Secondary segments

 

 

 

RETAIL BANKING

16,553
4,583
21,528
11,816
6,776
3,856

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

1,354
730
2,606
1,488
1,396
889

WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE

283
574
1,085
630
632
459

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

46
2
39
(69)
(70)
(51)

CORPORATE CENTRE

(600)
(27)
(822)
(1,015)
(1,155)
(1,108)

TOTAL GROUP

17,636
5,863
24,436
12,849
7,579
4,045

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit H1'19. Core markets

   

Underlying attributable profit geographic distribution*

EUR million. % change YoY in constant euros

 

H1'19

 

 

 

PICTURE 1

 

PICTURE 185

 

 

 

 

 

(*) Excluding Corporate Centre and Santander Global Platform.

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First half 2018

 

Main items of the underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

Net interest
income

Net fee
income

Total
income

Net operating
income

Profit
before tax

Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent

EUROPE

7,010
2,754
10,524
4,858
3,610
2,422

Spain

1,995
1,340
3,746
1,540
871
661

Santander Consumer Finance

1,843
403
2,266
1,248
1,096
667

United Kingdom

2,052
459
2,590
1,150
944
665

Portugal

435
189
688
363
324
229

Poland

487
227
731
414
280
155

Other

198
137
504
142
95
45

NORTH AMERICA

3,802
809
4,947
2,766
1,265
690

US

2,501
434
3,248
1,773
676
334

Mexico

1,301
376
1,699
993
589
357

SOUTH AMERICA

6,557
2,340
9,151
5,790
3,499
1,846

Brazil

4,906
1,792
6,768
4,499
2,603
1,317

Chile

985
227
1,282
751
568
307

Argentina

447
263
807
381
198
136

Other

218
58
294
160
129
85

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

38
2
34
(28)
(29)
(23)

CORPORATE CENTRE

(477)
(17)
(494)
(706)
(866)
(884)

TOTAL GROUP

16,931
5,889
24,162
12,680
7,480
4,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary segments

 

 

 

RETAIL BANKING

15,972
4,502
21,029
11,302
6,430
3,677

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

1,141
819
2,561
1,523
1,360
858

WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE

256
583
1,032
589
584
424

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

38
2
34
(28)
(29)
(23)

CORPORATE CENTRE

(477)
(17)
(494)
(706)
(866)
(884)

TOTAL GROUP

16,931
5,889
24,162
12,680
7,480
4,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 11

 

EUROPE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EUR 2,354 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Strategy

    

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

Santander's subsidiaries in Europe are managed according to their local priorities. At the same time, initiatives are being considered to enable greater integration of businesses, shared services and cost saving measures. For example:

 

  Integration of the different technological platforms and acceleration of the bank's digital transformation, to help improve the customer experience and expand the distribution channels for our products and services.

 

  We also continue to work on obtaining additional synergies from the ongoing integration processes, especially in the case of Popular in Spain and the retail and SME business of Deutsche Bank Polska in Poland.

 

  And finally, simplification of our business model, reducing the number of products to gain efficiency and agility, but maintaining a full value proposition that is capable of meeting the daily needs of our individual customers and offering tailor-made solutions for SMEs and large companies.

 

All of this, with the medium-term objective to obtain EUR 1 billion of additional savings, based on our global capabilities to strengthen operational efficiency in the region.

 

 

PICTURE 14

Business performance

 

Activity

 

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

  Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) increased by 2%, driven by strong organic growth in SCF (France, Spain and Nordic countries) and the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business in Poland.

 

  Customer funds increased by 5% mainly due to higher retail deposits and seasonal factors in Spain in the quarter, and the inclusion of balances from Deutsche Bank Polska in Poland.

 

PICTURE 13

 

Results

    

 

 

 

Underlying profit amounted to EUR 2,354 million, 3% less than in the same period of the previous year. By lines:

 

   Revenue was down 1%. Net interest income increased by 2%, supported by higher volumes in SCF, the increase in Poland and the CIB business. This increase is offset by lower gains on financial transactions (markets) and net fee income (mainly CIB).

 

   Costs decreased 1% (-3% in real terms) reflecting the first savings from our optimisation processes.

 

  Provisions fell and cost of credit stood at 0.24%.

 

Compared to the previous quarter, underlying profit rose 2% due to lower provisions.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

   

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

5,188

-1%

 

10,413

-1%

 

Expenses

-2,789

0%

 

-5,591

-1%

 

LLPs

-387

-15%

 

-844

-2%

 

PBT

1,781

+1%

 

3,549

-2%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

1,191

+2%

 

2,354

-3%

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 53

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 156

 

Spain

 

Highlights

 

  The integration of Banco Popular with the migration of all offices and customers to the Santander platform was successfully completed. The process of optimising the commercial network, which will be gradually carried out over the coming months, begun.

 

  Positive evolution of the levels of customer satisfaction in the migration, particularly in transparency, accompanying customers and communication.

 

 

  We completed the reorganisation of the strategic insurance business, with the end of the agreement with Allianz and the creation of new joint ventures with Aegon and Mapfre 1 .

  The first half underlying profit was 5% higher year-on-year at EUR 694 million, mainly due to lower costs.

(1) Transactions pending regulatory authorisation and other customary conditions.

 

 

 

EUR 694 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity

    

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

  Sustained commercial dynamism with year-on-year growth in business combined with increased profitability in all segments and products (+15 bps). Of note by products was consumer credit with existing customers (+24% year-on-year), spurred by pre-approval and digital contraction of loans.

 

  The main drivers of loyalty continued to grow at double digit rates in both Santander and Popular (+13% in cards turnover and +7% from point-of-sale terminals).

 

  New insurance premium rose 9%, consolidating itself as a strategic driver, while at the same time we completed the reorganisation of this business.

 

  Mutual funds grew more quickly to almost EUR 5 billion, producing a further gain in market share.

 

  Launch in April 2019 of the Smith Plan in order to be the leader in the non-resident segment, via a differentiated value proposal focused mainly on covering the needs of those who are purchasing a house in Spain.

 

  Our remote management model, Santander Personal , now includes companies, strengthening the digital transformation process.

 

PICTURE 15

 

 

Activity

Business performance

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change

 

  Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) were affected by the deleveraging in wholesale banking due to the market environment and the move toward a capital light model, while new mortgages do not yet offset maturities. The stock, however, rose by EUR 600 million in the first half.

 

  Customer deposits (excluding repos) increased by EUR 13.3 billion in the year, of which EUR 6 billion were retail customer deposits, impacted by seasonality at the end of the quarter.

 

PICTURE 177

 

Results

 

 

 

First half attributable profit was 5% higher year-on-year at EUR 694 million. By lines:

 

  Net interest income rose 1%, underpinned by retail banking, due to a continued improvement in the customer spread to 1.94% (+23 bps year-on-year), from the fall in the cost of deposits (-15 bps) as well as the rise in the return on loans (+8 bps).

 

  Net fee income fell 7%, due to lower activity at SCIB.

 

  Operating expenses continued to fall (-7%) due to the efficiencies resulting from Popular’s integration and the optimisation efforts.

 

  Further decline in the stock of non-performing loans (-12% year-on-year) and fall in the NPL ratio to 7.02%.

 

Compared to the first quarter, underlying profit was 5% lower than the first quarter’s because of the SRF contribution. Excluding this impact, it would have been 7% higher.

    

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

 

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

1,849
0%

 

3,706

-1%

 

Expenses

-1,020

0%

 

-2,044

-7%

 

LLPs

-228

-6%

 

-470

+8%

 

PBT

458

-4%

 

936

+7%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

338

-5%

 

694

+5%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 167

 

Santander Consumer Finance

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  SCF continues to be the European consumer finance leader, with critical mass and among the Top 3 in its markets in Europe. Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) rose 7% and new lending 4% year-on-year.

 

  Total income increased 3%, largely due to net interest income and net fee income, which together with cost control pushed up net operating income by 3%.

 

 

  First half underlying attributable profit was EUR 658 million, virtually unchanged year-on-year due to the good performance of revenue, operating expenses and the cost of credit (still at low levels for this business).

  Continued high profitability: RoTE of around 15% and RoRWA of more than 2%.

 

 

 

EUR 658 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Commercial activity

   

Customers loans distribution

 

 

June 2019

  SCF continued its growth based on its solid business model, enabling it to confront new market trends: diversification by country, scale, leadership in efficiency and risk and recovery systems that allow it to maintain a better performance than its European competitors in the key metrics.

 

  Management continued to focus on boosting auto finance and increasing consumer finance through strengthening digital channels.

 

  The auto business in SCF continued to grow despite the fall in car sales in Europe (‑2% in the first five months), due to the good performance of the brands with which SCF operates, via more than 115 captive agreements.

 

  The agreement with Hyundai Kia to acquire 51% of the financial entity that both companies own in Germany was completed in March 2019, bolstering our leadership in this market.

 

 

PICTURE 17

Business performance

 

Activity

 

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

  New lending rose 4% year-on-year, underpinned by commercial agreements in several countries. Of note: Italy (+13%), France (+8%) and Spain (+7%).

 

  Customer deposits (excluding repos) amounted to EUR 37,900 million and continued to be a factor that differentiated us from our competitors. They continued to be stable, due to various measures taken to complete the digital transformation plan.

 

  Recourse to wholesale funding amounted to EUR 9,934 million in the first half. Customer deposits (excluding repos), issuances and securitisations covered 73% of net loans.

 

PICTURE 18

 

Results

   

 

 

First half underlying attributable profit of EUR 658 million, slightly lower than the same period of 2018:

 

  Net interest income rose 4% due to higher volumes.

 

  Costs rose more slowly (+2%), improving the efficiency ratio to 44.6%, 33 bps better year-on-year.

 

  The cost of credit remained at low levels (0.36%), reflecting a conservative risk appetite and a solid credit management policy. The NPL ratio was 2.24%, 20 bps lower than in the first half of 2018.

 

  The largest profits were generated by the Nordic countries (EUR 177 million), Germany (EUR 157 million) and Spain (EUR 116 million).

 

Compared to the first quarter of 2019 ,   underlying attributable profit was 3% higher due to lower loan-loss provisions.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

   

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

1,154

-1%

 

2,321

+3%

 

Expenses

-527

+4%

 

-1,035

+2%

 

LLPs

-59

-51%

 

-181

-4%

 

PBT

556

-1%

 

1,117

+2%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

334

+3%

 

658

-1%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 55

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 169

 

United Kingdom

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  Business performance remained solid: switcher’ levels above market average, strong increase in digital customers and amongst the best in customer satisfaction.

 

  In terms of volumes, growth in mortgages due to the strengthening of our activity in a competitive market. Solid trend in customer funds, especially in savings deposits, underpinned by the success of an ISA campaign.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit fell 13%, reflecting the continued competitive pressure on mortgage margins and SVR attrition. On the other hand, the costs and provisions trend improved.

 

 

 

EUR 582 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Commercial activity

    

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

  To better meet the needs of our customers and reflect the way customers are banking with us, in 2019 we announced changes to the branch network and the reshaping of the Corporate & Commercial Banking business.

 

  We continued to focus on customer experience; the bank is second in retail satisfaction and top 3 for corporates. Since its launch in October 2018, we have opened 31,000 new 1|2|3   Business accounts with switcher 1  levels above market average. The number of loyal customers continued to grow: Individuals +6%, SMEs and corporates +7% and loyal customers as a percentage of total active customers rose 2 percentage points to 31%.

 

  Digital adoption continues to drive change in the organisation. We attracted more than 420,000 digital customers in the last 12 months (+8%), retained 60% of refinanced mortgage loans online (+6 pp year-on-year), and 44% of current accounts (+3 pp) and 66% of credit cards (+9 pp) were opened through digital channels.

 

PICTURE 19

 

 

 

Activity

Business performance

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

  Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) were stable. Mortgages, consumer and non-CRE trading business volumes increased, while the latter continued to fall.

 

  Customer deposits (excluding repos) increased by 2%, boosted by higher corporate and retail savings deposits, partly due to a strong ISA campaign (Individual Savings Account - savings product with tax benefits).

 

PICTURE 20

 

Results

   

 

 

Underlying attributable profit in the first half stood at EUR 582 million, down 13% year- on-year.

 

  Total revenue fell 8% due to continued competitive pressure on mortgage margins and SVR (Standard Variable Rate) attrition, net fee income reduction and lower gains on financial transactions (-67%).

 

  Costs fell 1%, though in real terms (w/o inflation) fell 3%.

 

  Loan-loss provisions fell by 22%, with the cost of credit at just 6 basis points. The NPL ratio was stable at 1.13%, supported by prudent approach to risk management and the resilience of the UK economy.

 

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, underlying attributable profit improved by 29%, due to reductions in costs and provisions that more than offset the aforementioned factors affecting revenue.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

   

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

1,183

-2%

 

2,388

-8%

 

Expenses

-703

-5%

 

-1,442

-1%

 

LLPs

-19

-68%

 

-80

-22%

 

PBT

435

+22%

 

792

-17%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

327

+29%

 

582

-13%

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 56

 

(1)   Switcher : clients who change bank as part of the Current Account Switch Service, in which the new bank is in charge of managing the whole process, free of charge, within 7 working days.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 177

 

Portugal

 

Highlights

 

  The Bank continued its commercial and digital transformation, marketing new products for companies and SMEs and making the granting of new mortgages simpler and faster.

 

  Market shares in new lending to companies and mortgages reached around 20%, in a market that is still deleveraging.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit increased 14% year-on-year, reflecting revenue growth, lower costs from optimising the structure and a very low cost of credit.

 

 

 

EUR 260 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

The Bank continued its strategy to tailor products and services to customers’ needs, focusing on increasing the number of customers and their loyalty:

 

  The commercial transformation continued to renew the offer and benefits in Mundo 1|2|3 and strengthened our presence in the agrifood sector. As a result of this strategy, loyal customers already account for 45% of active customers.

 

  The second Work Café was opened in Coimbra, expanding this new customer relationship model which is a driver for increasing attraction and loyalty.

 

  The Bank continued its policy of local proximity and offering non-financial solutions ( Santander Advance Empresas ). A Box Santander Advance was held in Funchal (Madeira), with the active participation of local companies and entities in exchange of experiences, opinions and knowledge workshops.

 

PICTURE 21

 

 

 

Activity

Business performance

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change

 

  Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) were still lower than a year ago, but they rose slightly, aligned with the dynamism of market shares in new mortgages and loans to companies in the first half.

 

  Customer funds increased 7% year-on-year, spurred by the growth in deposits and mutual funds.

 

 

PICTURE 22

 

Results

 

 

 

The first half underlying attributable profit rose 14% year-on-year to EUR 260 million. By lines:

 

  Total income increased 3%, driven by gains on financial transactions that rose more than 50% because of ALCO portfolio sales, and net fee income which offset the fall in net interest income, which was still in line with the year-on-year dynamic of the stock of credit.

 

  Costs declined further, enabling net operating income to rise 10% and the efficiency ratio to improve 3.3 pp to 43.8%.

 

  Provisions were slightly positive due to greater recoveries, mainly in the first quarter. The NPL ratio fell to 5.00% from 7.55% in June 2018, and the cost of credit was only 0.03%.

 

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, underlying profit was lower because of reduced revenue, mainly gains on financial transactions, and higher provisions due to greater recoveries in the first quarter.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

   

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

354

-1%

 

712

+3%

 

Expenses

-154

-2%

 

-312

-4%

 

LLPs

-1

 

12

 

PBT

186

-4%

 

379

+17%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

125

-7%

 

260

+14%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 57

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 50

 

Poland

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  As at end of the first half of 2019, Santander is the second largest bank in Poland in terms of assets following the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business in 2018.

 

  The main management priorities are increasing revenue in a competitive environment and achieving synergies from the integration.

 

 

  In earnings, net operating income (after provisions) increased 12%, which is not reflected in underlying profit (-1%) due to the higher BFG and Banking Tax contribution, the latter adding to fiscal pressures as it is not tax deductible.

 

 

 

EUR 150 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

   Following the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business in 2018, the Bank is focused on synergy achievement and improving customer relationships.

 

   The As I Want It account continued its strong performance, exceeding 1.5 million accounts since its launch in September 2017.

 

   In the second quarter the new sales of cash loans increased 63% year-on-year, a record high, and exceeded PLN 2 billion.

 

   The Bank has introduced pre-limits for selected corporate customers, improving customer relationships shortening the decision-making process and anticipating and accommodating their basic needs better.

 

   SCIB Poland arranged the first ESG loan in Poland and Central and Eastern Europe, where part of the margin is related to the borrower's compliance with specific social and environmental objectives.

 

PICTURE 1

 

 

 

Activity

Business performance

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

   Strong year-on-year growth (+26%) in gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos), mainly due to the integration. In the year to end-June 2019, a period not affected by the acquisition, volumes increased by 3%.

 

   Likewise, customer deposits (excluding repos) increased strongly year-on-year (+24%), with significant growth in corporates, individuals and SMEs. Since year-end, total customer funds have remained stable due to active management relating to liquidity and cost of deposit optimisation.

 

PICTURE 3

 

Results

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit in the   first half of 2019 of EUR 150 million, down 1% on the same period of 2018.

 

   Positive top line performance, supported by the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business. Net operating income was up 15%. Costs, also impacted by acquisition, increased 12%.

 

   Loan-loss provisions were up 25%, driven by the review of consumer finance parameters. The cost of credit improved slightly to 0.66%.

 

   The other results line is affected by the higher Banking Tax contribution, also added to fiscal pressures as it is not tax deductible.

 

Compared to the previous quarter , underlying profit increased by 44%, due to the annual BFG and Banking Tax contributions in the first quarter of the year and the greater (seasonal) collection of dividends in the second quarter.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

 

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

440

+16%

 

817

+14%

 

Expenses

-176

+1%

 

-349

+12%

 

LLPs

-64

+47%

 

-107

+25%

 

PBT

166

+30%

 

293

+6%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

89

+44%

 

150

-1%

 

Detailed financial information on page 58

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 5

 

NORTH AMERICA

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  In North America, the US and Mexico are managed according to their local strategic priorities, while increasing coordination and cooperation between the two units.

 

  Volumes grew both in the quarter and over the past twelve months.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit increased 21% year-on-year, driven by total revenue and improved efficiency.

 

 

 

EUR 889 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

In the United States, SBNA's strategy focuses on improving customer satisfaction through our digital channels and branches, while being the “Lead bank” for our customers. In SC USA, the focus is to drive originations growth and improve profitability via dealers.

 

In Mexico, the main objectives are to improve the distribution network and develop digital channels to attract new customers and increase their loyalty.

 

Coordination between the units has increased. We are analysing new joint projects and initiatives, such as:

 

   Approval of financing for SBNA customers granted by Santander México and vice versa.

 

   Further develop the USMX trade corridor, for example, by increasing capabilities for DCM and ECM transactions.

 

   Launch of a same-day remittance service from Santander US branches to any bank in Mexico.

 

PICTURE 90

 

 

 

Activity

Business performance

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

   Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) increased by 10%, with similar growth rates in both units.

 

   Customer funds grew in both countries, driven by time deposits, especially at SBNA and the New York branch. Demand deposits from individuals in Mexico continued their solid performance. Mutual funds increased by 6%.

 

 

PICTURE 91

 

Results

 

 

 

In the first half of the year, underlying attributable profit was EUR 889 million (17% of the Group's total operating areas), up 21% year-on-year.

 

  Good performance in total income at both units, with growth driven by both net interest income (+8%) and net fee income (+4%) .

 

   Expenses grew less than revenue, resulting in an improved efficiency ratio from 44% in the first half of 2018 to 42% at present. Mexico increased its costs due to the investment plan and while they were stable in the US (-2% in real terms).

 

   Provisions were up 6% on the back of higher volumes. The cost of credit was stable at 2.95%, the NPL ratio fell to 2.29% and coverage remained around 150%.

 

In the quarter, the underlying attributable profit increased by 29% due to good performance in revenue and lower provisions.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

 

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

2,918

+5%

 

5,672

+7%

 

Expenses

-1,214

+2%

 

-2,386

+2%

 

LLPs

-793

-3%

 

-1,597

+6%

 

PBT

881

+22%

 

1,594

+18%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

503

+29%

 

889

+21%

 

Detailed financial information on page 60

 

 

 

 

 

32

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 92

 

United States

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  The strategy is focused on improving customer satisfaction at SBNA and at SC USA on the relationship with distributors to increase originations.

 

  Following the strong gains in the quarter, the year-on-year volume trend in both gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) and customer deposits (excluding repos) was more pronounced.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit increased by 30% in the first half compared to the same period of 2018, due to a strong top line performance, with total revenue up 7% and costs remaining flat.

 

 

 

EUR 465 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers (1)

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

In 2019, Santander US remains focused on the following strategic priorities:

 

Santander Bank: Commercial Banking’s “Lead Bank” strategy continues to show gains in primary customers. Better customer satisfaction scores are being achieved as a result of improved product offerings in both digital channels and branches. The joint initiative with SC USA in auto finance continues to generate high volumes, having originated almost USD 3 billion in the first half of the year.

 

Santander Consumer USA: The key levers to drive profitability remain increase in originations and management of credit risk and prices. In addition, the agreement with Fiat Chrysler was amended strengthening its partnership establishing an operating framework for the remainder of the contract, which ends in 2023. In addition, a plan has been approved to repurchase USD 1.1 billion in common stock and to increase the cash dividend to USD 0.22 from Q3 2019 to Q2 2020.

 

PICTURE 93

(1) Santander Bank + Puerto Rico.

 

 

 

Activity

Business performance

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

  Volumes improved in the quarter due to lending growth in retail banking (auto) and commercial banking. Originations increased 5% year-on-year in SC USA, mainly due to Chrysler loans (+25%).

 

  Customer funds rose 10%, boosted by strong growth in time deposits at SBNA and the New York branch.  

 

PICTURE 94

 

Results

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit in the first half of 465 million euros, 30% more than in the same period of 2018. The year-on-year comparison of net interest income and provisions is affected by methodological changes in the accrual of TDRs made at the end of 2018, though with almost no impact on bottom line results.

 

   Total income was up 7% (+4% ex. TDRs) due to higher loan and leasing volumes.

 

   Costs remained under control, virtually flat compared to the same period of 2018. As a result, efficiency improved by 3 percentage points to 42%.

 

   Loan-loss provisions increased 7%. Excluding the impact of TDRs, they fell 1% partly favoured by a provisions release related to auto finance business in SC USA. The NPL ratio improved and coverage increased to 158%. The cost of credit remained stable at 3.09%.

 

Compared to the previous quarter, underlying attributable profit rose 55% as a result of higher loan and leasing volumes, higher gains on financial transactions and lower provisions.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

 

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

1,920

+5%

 

3,734

+7%

 

Expenses

-805

+3%

 

-1,581

+0%

 

LLPs

-568

-8%

 

-1,178

+7%

 

PBT

521

+40%

 

891

+23%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

284

+55%

 

465

+30%

 

Detailed financial information on page 61

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 62

 

Mexico

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  The strategy continued to focus on the digital and operational transformation, reflected in greater customer attraction and increased loyalty.

  Faster growth in gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos), notably to large companies (+15%) and payroll (+15%). The rise in customer funds continued to be spurred by deposits from individuals and SMEs.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit was up 12%, underpinned by the good performance of net interest income, net fee income and loan-loss provisions, which more than offset the rise in costs.

 

 

 

EUR 424 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers

 

The commercial strategy remained focused on boosting the use of digital channels, attracting new customers and increasing their loyalty with new products and services:

 

   As regards the distribution model, we transformed 428 branches, and the number of latest generation full function ATMs reached 921.

 

   The Santander Plus programme has captured more than 5.7 million customers since May 2016, 53% of them new ones.

 

   In digital strategy, SúperMóvil has new functionalities, notably Santander   Tap , a system for transfers via instant messaging for sending money to customers of other banks, at any time and free of charge.

 

   Launch of the Legacy credit card for private banking customers. Santander is the first and only bank in the country to have an alliance with American Express.

 

   We continued to drive growth in deposits of individuals by launching promotions such as Arma tu Kit in order to reward customer loyalty and the campaign Champions to attract customer funds.

 

Strong year-on-year growth of digital and mobile banking customers (+68%). Penetration of loyal customers over active ones increased significantly (+5 pp).

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

 

PICTURE 95

Business performance

 

Activity

 

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

   Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) increased 8% year-on-year, while maintaining the focus on profitability. Loans to individuals rose 7% with notable growth in payroll loans (+15%) and mortgages (+8%). Total corporate loans increased 9%, driven by large companies (+15%), corporates (+7%) and SMEs (+4%).

 

   Customer funds increased slightly, backed by time deposits (+13%) which offset the fall in demand deposits, affected by the rise in interest rates. Those of individuals were up 11%.

 

PICTURE 64

 

Results

 

 

 

First half underlying profit of EUR 424 million was 12% higher than in the same period of 2018, as follows:

 

   Net interest income rose 11%, driven by increased volumes and higher interest rates. Net fee income grew 6%, mainly from cards and insurance, and gains on financial transactions fell because of a weak quarter in the markets.

 

   Operating expenses increased 7%, reflecting the ongoing investment plans.

 

   Loan-loss provisions increased slightly, with good credit quality in all metrics.

 

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, profit was 5% higher due to higher net fee income and the recovery of gains on financial transactions.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2’19

/Q1’19

 

H1'19

/H1’18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

999

+5%

 

1,938

+7%

 

Expenses

-409

+2%

 

-806

+7%

 

LLPs

-225

+15%

 

-419

+1%

 

PBT

360

+3%

 

703

+12%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

219

+5%

 

424

+12%

 

Detailed financial information on page 62

 

 

 

 

 

34

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 107

 

SOUTH AMERICA

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

 In South America, the focus is to accelerate profitable growth and lead the retail financial industry. To this end, we have a strategy that seeks to strengthen a more connected regional network and facilitate the expansion of successful businesses to other countries in the region.

  In activity, there was a volume growth in the last 12 months. Increases in all countries, where we are capturing new business opportunities.

 

 

  Regarding results, underlying attributable profit increased by 15% year-on-year, boosted by revenue and an improvement in the cost of credit.

 

 

 

EUR 1,961 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Strategy

 

Customers

 

The units in the region continued identifying initiatives that allow the businesses to expand, further leveraging positive experiences in other markets, for example:

 

   In auto financing , we will use the Group's experience and the development of this business in Brazil to boost growth in other neighbouring countries. In terms of financing goods and services, we plan to export Uruguay’s successful model to Brazil and to other major regions. We will also accelerate growth in consumer finance in Peru and Colombia.

 

   In payment methods, where Santander is one of the largest credit card issuers and merchant acquirers in the region, we are exploring e-commerce strategies, instant domestic and international transfers in some countries and the roll-out of Getnet , our acquiring business in Brazil, to the rest of Latin America. We are also launching Superdigital in other countries (starting with Chile).

 

   Further develop the retail franchise, in particular the mass market segment, through increased penetration of new channels. Sales through digital channels already account for a high percentage of the total in Brazil and Argentina, with a significant upside in Chile, where the Life model is being developed to provide a 100% digital service to customers. The Work Café experience developed in Chile will be accelerated in countries such as Argentina and Brazil.

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

 

 

PICTURE 108

Business performance

 

Activity

 

   Year-on-year increase in gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) in all units. With regard to June 2018, Brazil grew 9%, Chile 7%, Uruguay 20% and Argentina 14%. Colombia and Peru present very high growth rates but from smaller bases.

 

   Customer funds also rose in the last 12 months and in all units. Demand deposits (+16%), time deposits (+11%) and mutual funds (+9%) increased year-on-year.

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

PICTURE 112

 

Results

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit in the first half of the year amounted to EUR 1,961 million (38% of the Group's total operating areas), up 15% year-on-year due to:

 

   Total income increased 9%, underpinned by the sound performance by commercial revenue, driven by higher volumes, spread management and increased loyalty. Net interest income rose 9% and net fee income increased by 11%.

 

   Costs reflect commercial transformation plans, greater digitalisation of the retail network, reviews of collective wage agreements and high inflation in Argentina.

 

   Loan-loss provisions increased at a slower pace than credit, enabling the cost of lending to improve by 23 bps in the last twelve months to 2.87%. In credit quality, the NPL ratio was stable (4.81%) and coverage was 93%.

 

In the quarter, underlying attributable profit rose 15% driven by the good performance of revenue, which grew more than costs.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2’19

/Q1’19

 

H1'19

/H1’18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

4,647

+6%

 

9,134

+9%

 

Expenses

-1,664

+4%

 

-3,309

+9%

 

LLPs

-956

+9%

 

-1,859

+2%

 

PBT

1,876

+8%

 

3,661

+12%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

1,035

+15%

 

1,961

+15%

 

Detailed financial information on page 63

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 166

 

Brazil

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  Generating results supported by a business model focused on improving customer attention and loyalty leading to profitable market share gains.

 

  Strong revenue, underpinned by increased volumes, while costs remained under control thereby achieving the best efficiency among our local peers.

 

 

  Prudent risk management produced growth in gross loans and advances (excluding reverse repos) and a controlled cost of credit.

  Profit growing sustainably reaching EUR 1,482 million in the first half of the year (+18% year-on-year), with RoTE of 22%.

 

 

 

EUR 1,482 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

We continued to progress in our strategic actions, including:

 

   The customer base continued to expand to 24.6 million active clients.

 

   We announced Santander Duo , a new product with a differentiated offer for small entrepreneurs, which combines accounts of legal and natural persons.

 

   In cards, turnover continued to increase at double digit rates (+21%) and gained market share year-on-year (+86 bps).

 

   In acquiring, launch of a new offer for SMEs and microbusinesses, where merchants are credited within two working days and charged the same rate for debit and credit cards. As a result we captured 200,000 new customers.

 

   In consumer finance, we remained the leader (market share in vehicles loans for individuals of 25.3% in May 2019).

 

   In our new businesses, Pi , a digital investment platform, already offers close to 180 fixed income products and began to distribute mutual funds. Ben , focused on food benefits, started to operate (77,000 cards issued and 143,000 commercial establishments accredited).

 

   We are committed to using renewable energy in all our offices by 2021 and in administrative buildings and processing centres by 2025.

 

PICTURE 113

 

 

Activity

Business performance

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

   Gross loans and advances (excluding reverse repos) grew 9% year-on-year, with profitable gains in market share. This was mainly due to business with individuals and consumer finance which increased at double digit rates.

 

   Customer deposits (excluding repos) rose 13% year-on-year.

 

PICTURE 114

 

 

Results

 

 

 

First half underlying attributable profit of EUR 1,482 million (+18% YoY). Of note:

 

   Net interest income rose 7%, with better net interest income from credit and liabilities, partly offset by lower market interest income.

 

   Net fee income grew 9% year-on-year, with rises in almost all lines. Of note: cards (+13%), insurance (+17%) and securities (+32%).

 

   Operating expenses increased 3%, which helped improve the efficiency ratio to 32.4% (-108 bps year-on-year).

 

   Our solid risk management is reflected in stable provisions. The cost of credit dropped to 3.84%, the NPL ratio was 5.27% and coverage 106%.

 

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, underlying attributable profit was 9% higher,

underpinned by higher customer revenue.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2’19

/Q1’19

 

H1'19

/H1’18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

3,453

+4%

 

6,864

+6%

 

Expenses

-1,102

+1%

 

-2,227

+3%

 

LLPs

-761

+10%

 

-1,471

-2%

 

PBT

1,438

+5%

 

2,846

+15%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

762

+9%

 

1,482

+18%

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 64

 

 

 

 

 

36

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 65

 

Chile

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  We continued the commercial and branch network transformation, based on technological developments in order to attract new customers and boost loyalty. Loyal customers already account for 46% of total active clients.

 

  Growth in business volumes at a faster pace, mainly with individuals, companies and institutions.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit increased 4% year-on-year, benefiting from the performance of markets and lower provisions. Higher inflation in the second quarter spurred net interest income.

 

 

 

EUR 311 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers

 

Santander is the leading privately-owned bank in Chile in terms of assets and customers. The Group continued its strategy in the first half, focused on offering an attractive profitability in a stable and low risk country where the economy is growing:

 

   We continued to transform the network, opening more Work Café offices in the quarter and continuing with the pilot of Work Café 2.0 , with good initial results in efficiency and productivity.

 

   We launched new products under the Santander Life programme, including a digital demand account and a new credit card associated with the Meritolife programme which also allows accumulation of Latam air miles. The Santander Life products are centred on promoting good credit performance and deepening financial education.

 

   Launch of a new Súper Hipoteca , aimed at individuals under the age of 35.

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

 

PICTURE 118

 

Business performance

 

Activity

 

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

   Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) rose 7% year-on-year, underpinned by mortgages (+12%), consumer finance (+12%) and large corporates (+6%). Cards increased 4% and SMEs 6%.

 

   Customer funds rose 5%, with 10% growth in demand deposits and mutual funds. Time deposits remained stable.

 

PICTURE 119

 

Results

 

 

 

First half of 2019 underlying attributable profit of EUR 311 million, 4% higher year-on-year. Of note were:

 

   Net interest income recovered in the second quarter due to larger volumes and higher inflation. Net fee income declined 9% year-on-year partly because of wholesale business. Gains on financial transactions rose due to customer treasury and the sale of ALCO portfolios.

 

   Operating expenses rose slightly because of investments in technology and branches.

 

   Loan-loss provisions were lower and the cost of credit was 1.10% (-8 bps). The NPL ratio decreased to around 4.5% and coverage was 59%.

 

Compared to the first quarter of 2019 , attributable profit was 11% higher due to net interest income, which more than offset the seasonal growth in costs.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2’19

/Q1’19

 

H1'19

/H1’18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

656

+11%

 

1,255

+1%

 

Expenses

-269

+7%

 

-524

+2%

 

LLPs

-105

+4%

 

-208

-9%

 

PBT

281

+2%

 

560

+1%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

163

+11%

 

311

+4%

 

Detailed financial information on page 65

 

 

 

 

 

38

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 68

 

Argentina

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  The Bank announced the change of its commercial brand from Santander Río to Santander.

 

 We continued to focus on our four strategic pillars: growth, risk control, efficiency and customer experience.

 Santander is the largest privately-owned bank in Argentina by volume of business (loans + deposits +mutual funds).

 

 

 First half underlying profit of EUR 73 million after earning EUR 63 million in the second quarter. The year-on-year comparison is impacted by the adjustment for inflation included starting from the third quarter of 2018.

 

 

 

EUR 73 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers

 

The commercial strategy during the first half focused on transactional business and customer service improvements, notably a campaign to increase direct debit sign-ups, which enabled the stock to increase 50% in a month.

 

We continued advance in the digital transformation of the main processes and products. Loyal customers accounted for 47% of active clients and digital ones 74% (+3% year-on-year). In individuals, new accounts and product package openings are done digitally in more than 60% of our branches.

 

We launched Women , a comprehensive proposal for financial and non-financial services, which focuses on female entrepreneurs, owners of SMEs and professionals.

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

 

PICTURE 120

 

Business performance

 

Activity

 

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) was impacted by the economic recession and higher interest rates (+14% year-on-year), below inflation in this period. The peso denominated portfolio increased, driven by inflation-adjusted products (mortgages, auto finance, personal finance) and by cards, while dollar balances declined in the currency of origin.

 

Customer deposits (excluding repos) rose 45%, in both the portfolio in pesos (+27% in demand deposits and +41% in interest-bearing accounts and time deposits) and in foreign currency deposits (+58%; 8% in dollars). The excess liquidity is placed in Central Bank treasury bonds.

 

 

PICTURE 125

 

Results

 

 

 

First half  underlying profit stable at EUR 73 million, including a negative EUR 74 million impact from the high inflation adjustment.

 

As regards the main income statement lines:

 

   Revenue rose 67%, growing above inflation, driven by customer revenue (+98%). Net interest income rose 113%, underpinned by the larger position in public securities and higher interest rates, while net fee income increased 71% driven by greater foreign currency transactions and income from accounts and cash deposits.

 

   Costs surged 89%, hit by the inflationary environment and the peso’s depreciation.

 

   Loan-loss provisions stood at EUR 143 million, with an NPL ratio of 3.79% and a coverage ratio of 126%.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2’19

/Q1’19

 

H1'19

/H1’18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

389

+22%

 

720

+67%

 

Expenses

-229

+17%

 

-431

+89%

 

LLPs

-70

+1%

 

-143

+114%

 

PBT

94

 

127

+20%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

63

 

73
0%

 

Detailed financial information on page 66

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

Uruguay

 

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  The Group is the country’s leading privately-owned bank, doing business with all segments and with a strategy focused on retail banking, improving efficiency and enhancing the quality of service.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit rose 13%, spurred by the good performance of customer revenue and improved efficiency.

 

 

 

EUR 71 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity and business performance

 

   Santander continued to focus on improving customer satisfaction and increasing loyalty. Loyal customers rose 19% and now account for 24% of active clients.

 

   We continued to advance in our digital transformation strategy and in modernising channels. The number of digital customers increased 9% (digital penetration of 48%, up from 45% in June 2018) while transactions via digital channels rose 36% year-on-year.

 

   The Group’s consumer finance companies now lead the local market, with a market share of more than 22%. Commercial activity continued to grow briskly, with significant growth in the customer base. In line with our strategy of innovation and contributing to people’s progress, we launched Prosperá, which provides microcredits to small businesses.

 

   Gross loans and advances to customer (excluding reverse repos) grew in target segments, products and currencies: +14% in consumer credit and cards and +19% in the national currency portfolio. Customer deposits (excluding repos) in pesos grew 11% and foreign currency deposits increased 4% year-on-year.

 

Results

 

First half of 2019 underlying attributable profit of EUR 71 million, 13% higher year-on-year.

 

   Gross income rose 15%, driven by customer revenue, with increases in both net interest income and net fee income.

 

   Operating expenses rose at a slower pace than total income, improving the efficiency ratio to 43% (-63 bps year-on-year).

 

   Loan-loss provisions increased 9%, however the NPL ratio remained at a low level (3.46%), coverage was high (109%) and the cost of credit was 2.60%.

 

 

 

Peru Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

   The strategy remained focused on the corporate segment, the country’s large companies and the Group’s global customers.

 

   The auto loan financial entity continued to expand its business within the Group’s strategy of increasing its presence in this business.

 

   First half underlying attributable profit of EUR 19 million (+8% year-on-year). Total income rose 23% underpinned by higher net interest income, net fee income and gains on financial transactions. Operating expenses increased 12% and the efficiency ratio was 33.3% (-3.3 pp year-on-year).

 

   The NPL ratio was 0.81%, coverage was very high and the cost of credit only 0.30%.

 

 

Colombia Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

   Activity in Colombia remained focused on SCIB clients, large companies and corporates, contributing solutions in treasury, risk hedging, foreign trade, confirming, custody and development of investment banking products supporting the country’s infrastructure plan.

 

   Auto finance is also increasing. The origination share reached 2.3% (+60 bps in 12 months), in line with the strategy to attain the critical mass needed to consolidate ourselves in this market. We signed an alliance with Chekar.co, a fully digital platform for buying and selling vehicles. We will begin to grant consumer loans in the coming quarters.

 

   Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) more than doubled, with growth in all business segments. Of note was the fivefold rise in auto finance. Customer deposits (excluding repos) rose 75%.

 

   The first half underlying attributable profit was EUR 5 million (EUR 2 million in the same period of 2018). Total income grew 66%, underpinned by net interest income and net fee income, thanks to greater commercial activity.

 

 

 

 

 

40

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 960

 

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM (SGP)

 

Highlights

 

  With the creation of Santander Global Platform, we are taking a further step forward in our digital transformation, which aligns our reporting structure with our organisation and strategy.

  Our goal is to extend the benefits of the talent and scale of the Group to the payment and digital businesses with higher growth, building platforms only once for all of our banks which allow us to offer the best digital services aimed at retail customers, merchants and SMEs.

 

 

  In making our Santander Global Platform results public, we are improving the transparency around our digital investments and accelerate the execution of our initiatives.

 

 

 

EUR -51 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

In 2019, the unit is focused on the following priorities:

 

   Openbank and Open Digital Services (ODS):

 

– Openbank, our digital bank in Spain, has a large base of 1.2 million customers and is increasing strongly the number of transactions (29%) and volumes. All of this with high levels of transactionality and productivity per customer and employee.

 

– Open Digital Services (ODS) is creating a new banking platform with a complete range of products for individuals. This platform will be used for Openbank’s international expansion. In a first phase, it will be available in Germany, Portugal, the Netherlands, Argentina and Mexico.

 

   Global Payments Services:

 

– Superdigital: is aimed at the unbanked population. In a first phase, it is expected to be rolled out in Mexico and Chile, leveraging the experience in Brazil. We currently have more than 500,000 active users.

 

–  Pago FX: aims to create an app for the open market, with low cost, transparent, same day or next day international transfers. The first phase is expected to be launched in three European countries.

 

– Global Merchant Services is developing a global acquiring solution, a segment that already has more than one million active customers. Taking advantage of Getnet’s capabilities, it will be installed in a first phase in Mexico and followed by the rest of Latin America.

 

– At Global Trade Services, we want to continue being the partner for our more than 200,000 companies that are growing and doing international business with us. The aim is to develop the platform in 2019 and an initial roll-out in the UK, Spain, Brazil and Chile. In the future, we hope to capture business in the rest of Santander geographies and the open market.

 

  Digital Assets:

 

– The Centres of Digital Expertise continue leveraging the Group’s scale and ensuring all countries have access to the most innovative technologies.

 

–  InnoVentures , our venture capital investments in the fintech ecosystem, had approximately USD 100 million invested in 24 companies in June.

 

– Finally, in the rest of Digital Assets, we continued to advance in Globile, our shared mobile phone platform, with more than 20 components implemented in six countries. We also progressed in Open Platform, a new cloud based technological platform used to develop corporate projects.

 

PICTURE 961

(1) Loyal.

 

PICTURE 962

 

PICTURE 963

 

PICTURE 964

 

Detailed financial information on page 68

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 72

 

CORPORATE CENTRE

 

Highlights

 

  The Corporate Centre’s objective is to aid the operating units by contributing value and carrying out the corporate function of oversight and control. It also carries out functions related to financial and capital management.

 

 

 

  The underlying attributable loss was higher compared to the first half of 2018, mainly due to higher costs related to foreign currency hedging and increased stock of issuances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

EUR 1,108 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Strategy and functions

The Corporate Centre contributes value to the Group in various ways:

   It makes the Group’s governance more solid, through global control frameworks and supervision.

   Fostering the exchange of best practices in management of costs and generating economies of scale. This enables us to be one of the most efficient banks.

   The Corporate Centre contributes to the Group’s revenue growth, by sharing the best commercial practices, launching global commercial initiatives and accelerating the digital transformation simultaneously in all countries.

It also coordinates the relationship with European regulators and develops functions related to financial and capital management, as follows:

    Financial Management functions

– Structural management of liquidity risk associated with funding the Group’s recurring activity, stakes of a financial nature and management of net liquidity related to the needs of some business units.

– This activity is carried out by the different funding sources (issuances and other), always maintaining an adequate profile in volumes, maturities and costs. The price at which these operations are made with other Group units is the market rate (Euribor or mid-swap) plus the premium, which in liquidity terms, the Group supports by immobilising funds during the term of the operation.

– Interest rate risk is also actively managed in order to soften the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, conducted via high credit quality, very liquid and low capital consumption derivatives.

– Strategic management of the exposure to exchange rates in equity and dynamic in the countervalue of the units’ annual results in euros. Net investments in equity are currently covered by EUR 24,990 million (mainly Brazil, the UK, Mexico, Chile, the US, Poland and Norway) with different instruments (spot, fx, forwards).

    Management of total capital and reserves: capital allocated to each of the units.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results

 

First half underlying attributable loss of EUR 1,108 million, 25% higher than in the same period of 2018, largely because of three factors: the higher costs related to foreign currency hedging, the higher stock of issuances and, to a lesser extent, IFRS 16.

 

Operating expenses were 9% lower driven by ongoing streamlining and simplification measures.

 

Corporate Centre

 

EUR million

 

 

 

Q2'19

Q1'19

Chg.

H1'19

H1'18

Chg.

 

Gross income

-423

-399

+6%

-822

-494

+66%

 

Net operating income

-519

-497

+4%

-1,015

-706

+44%

 

PBT

-595

-559

+6%

-1,155

-866

+33%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

-592

-517

+15%

-1,108

-884

+25%

 

Detailed financial information on page 69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 73

 

RETAIL BANKING

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  The Group continued to focus on customer loyalty, with new products and services that cover the current needs of our customers. At end of June 2019, the Group had 142 million customers, more than 20 million of whom are loyal.

 

  Underlying attributable profit of EUR 3,856 million in the first half, 6% higher than in the same period of 2018 due to the positive customer revenue dynamics and controlled costs.

 

 

  Santander was named the Best Bank in Latin America and the Best SME Bank in Western Europe by Euromoney .

 

 

 

EUR 3,856 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity

 

Customers

 

 

June 2019. Thousands

The Group had 142 million customers at the end of June 2019 (including 24 million consumer finance customers), almost all of whom are from the retail banking segment. In 2019, the focus remains on customer loyalty, already exceeding 20 million loyal customers, equivalent to 30% of active ones.

Santander wants to be the reference bank for customers of all income levels, offering them the services and products that best meet their needs. Furthermore, we are fostering entrepreneurship, helping SMEs and other companies via loans and non-financial support such as training and access to our networks.

As a universal bank, we continued to reinforce our business with new products and services. Of note in the second quarter were:

–  In Spain, launch of Cuenta Mundo for non-residents, via a differential value proposition with a package of innovative products and services. We also extended Santander Personal , the remote management model, for individuals and companies.

–  In Poland, we launched a new commercial website. Santander’s online service is now also available in more languages.

–   In Portugal, the commercial transformation continued with the renewal of the offer and benefits in Mundo 1|2|3 and a stronger presence in the agrifood sector.

–   In Mexico, SuperMóvil incorporates new functionalities, notably Santander Tap , a transfer system by instant message for operations between customers and for sending money to customer of other banks, at any time and with no fees.

–   In Brazil, Santander Duo was announced for small entrepreneurs, which combines accounts of a legal and natural person and has a single customer service manager.

–   In Chile, launch of the Súper Hipoteca for those under the age of 35 and new Santander Life products. Branches continued to be opened based on the Work Café model.

All of these measures helped to boost the number of loyal customers (+11% individuals and +7% companies year-on-year).

 

PICTURE 1

 

Activity

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant

euros

 

PICTURE 2

 

Results

 

 

 

The first half underlying attributable profit rose 6%, driven by the good dynamics in customer revenue (+5%) and controlled costs. Of note was the performance of North America and South America.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

   

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

10,881

+3%

 

21,528

+4%

 

Expenses

-4,882

+2%

 

-9,712

+2%

 

LLPs

-2,090

-3%

 

-4,251

+5%

 

PBT

3,512

+9%

 

6,776

+7%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

2,053

+15%

 

3,856

+6%

 

Detailed financial information on page 70

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 76

 

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  Santander is among the leaders in Latin America and Europe, particularly in export & agency finance, and structured financing.

 

  In capital markets, we are one of the main bookrunners of green bonds in Spain and Europe.

  We continued to advance in our mission to help our global customers in their capital issuances, providing them with financing solutions and transaction services. We also continued to adapt our offer of products to the Bank’s digital transformation.

 

 

  Underlying attributable profit was 10% higher year-on-year, driven by growth in revenue and lower loan-loss provisions.

 

 

 

EUR 889 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity

 

Activity

 

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

    Cash management:   we consolidated our leadership in our main countries, particularly in Latin America. We also grew strongly in the US, the result of strengthening our product capacities.

    Trade & Working Capital Solutions:   strong growth in all products, particularly in receivables finance, structured trade and trade funding. Of note was the positive evolution in the US where we secured growth with our local clients and in Latin America.

    Corporate Finance: Notable participation in the re-IPO of CPFL Energía , the largest operation this year in Brazil, where Santander was the main global coordinator, thereby strengthening our position in the Brazilian market. We maintained our leadership in Spain, Portugal, Mexico and Poland.

    Debt Capital Markets: Santander continued to be the leader in Latin America and was among the Top 5 in European corporate issuances. Also noteworthy was our increased participation in dollar issues and the focus on activities linked to sustainable finance, making us one of the leading bookrunners of green bonds in Spain and Europe.

    Syndicated Corporate Loans : Santander continued to play a key role in corporate financing, although the volumes of financing acquisitions were very affected by the lack of M&A activity. In line with our responsible banking strategy, Santander is increasing its range of sustainable finance products via green loans and/or linked to sustainable indices such as that of Merlín, Spain’s largest syndicated real estate loan so far, or Goldwind which launched the first syndicated green loan in Asia.

    Structured Financing : the Group held its global leadership position in Project Bonds, having issued more globally than any other bank. In structured loans, Santander is the leader by volume in Latin America and the third in Europe.

    The contribution from markets’ activity remained stable: the positive evolution of markets in the Americas offset the reduced activity in Europe. Good sales performance in Brazil, Chile, and Argentina, as well as management of books in the UK, US, Argentina and Chile.

 

PICTURE 3

 

Total income breakdown

 

Constant EUR million

 

PICTURE 4

 

Results

   

 

 

The first half underlying attributable profit was 10% higher at EUR 889 million, underpinned by the good results of Global Transaction Banking and maintaining operations in Global Markets, which offset the lower activity in Global Debt Finance.

Revenue growth and lower provisions absorbed the higher costs in transformational projects.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

   

H1'19

/H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

1,313

+2%

 

2,606

+5%

 

Expenses

-559

0%

 

-1,119

+9%

 

LLPs

-46

+375%

 

-55

56%

 

PBT

693
0%

 

1,396

+8%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

434

-3%

 

889

+10%

 

Detailed financial information on page 70

 

 

 

 

 

44

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 79

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

  Insurance business was incorporated into this Division during the second quarter, having restated previous periods for comparison purposes.

 

  The first half underlying attributable profit was 10% higher than in the same period of 2018.

 

  Total contribution (net profit + fee income) amounted to EUR 1,227 million, 8% more than in the first half of 2018.

 

 

  Assets under management amounted to EUR 377,000 million, +3% year-on-year.

 

 

 

EUR 459 Mn

Underlying
attributable profit

 

Commercial activity

 

Total profit contribution

 

 

% change in constant euros

    We continued to progress in our strategy to make us the best wealth manager in Europe and Latin America:

–   Santander Asset Management (SAM): is developing its own rating methodology in order to make the alignment of all our funds with the market’s ESG criteria transparent. In Spain, we are the leaders with 66% share of ESG mutual funds and in Latin America we continue to develop the offering.

–  In Private Banking : we are developing a global platform. The SPB Desk will provide customer attention and service offering across geographies to our global clients. Our digital tools for clients ( Virginia ) and bankers ( SPiRIT ) were recognised for providing the best solutions in Latin America in the Financial Times 2019 Wealth Tech Awards.

–  In Insurance, we are completing our value proposition with the aim to become the leaders in bancassurance in all our markets. Of note is the creation of a joint company with MAPFRE to provide car insurance and specific products for SMEs in Spain, and the alliance with HDI in car business in Brazil.

 

PICTURE 5

 

Distributed insurance premiums

% change in constant euros

PICTURE 6

Business performance

 

Business performance

    Total assets under management at the end of June 2019 amounted to EUR 377 billion (+3% year-on-year), with increases in Private Banking as well as in SAM:

–  In 2019, SAM increased its market share in almost all countries, notably in Spain and Chile.

–  Of note in Private Banking grew in Brazil (+13%) and Chile (+10%). Loans and advances to customers grew 9%.

    In Insurance, in the first half of 2019, premium volumes grew 10% compared to the same period last year. Of note was the growth in Spain, Mexico and Brazil.

 

June 2019. EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

PICTURE 7

(*) Total adjusted for funds from private banking customers managed by SAM

Note: Total assets marketed and/or managed in 2019 and 2018

 

Results

   

 

The first half underlying attributable profit was EUR 459 million, 10% more year-on-year:

 

    Higher revenue, from growth in net interest income, in line with greater lending, as well as the larger contribution from insurance.

 

    Flat operating expenses, due to optimisation measures which offset investments in platforms.

 

    Recovery of provisions from reduced doubtful loan positions, mainly in Spain.

 

When the total fee income generated by this business is added to net profit, the total contribution to the Group was EUR 1,227 million, 8% more year-on-year.

 

Underlying income statement

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

Q2'19

/Q1'19

 

H1'19

/ H1'18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

560

+7%

 

1,085

+6%

 

Expenses

‐226

‐2%

 

-455

+2%

 

LLPs

0

 

7

 

PBT

332

+12%

 

632

+10%

 

Underlying attrib. profit

241
11%

 

459

+10%

The total fee income generated, including those transferred to the commercial network, represents 30% of the Group's total and rose 4%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RESPONSIBLE BANKING

 

In 2018, the responsible banking, sustainability & culture committee (RBSCC) was created to ensure that, wherever we operate, our manage teams are aware of the need to be responsible in all that we do and in the management of the challenges we face. We have identified two challenges: adapt to the new business environment and support inclusive and sustainable growth.

 

  Santander is helping to address today’s main global challenges

 

    Our activity and investments help us to address a number of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals, and support the Paris Agreement’s aim to combat climate change and adapt to its effects. We are:

 

PICTURE 8

 

    Promoting the UNEP FI Principles for Responsible Banking, embedding sustainability across all its business areas and contributing to develop methods to align with the Paris Agreement.

 

    Incorporating the UN Global Compact principles into our policies and procedures, fulfilling our fundamental responsibilities in the areas of human rights, labour, environment and anticorruption.

 

    Supporting the Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) recommendations, identifying and assessing risk and opportunities developing a forward looking climate strategy and disclosing to stakeholders.

 

    Included in various sustainability indices, providing non-financial information to markets, investors and analysts on ESG:

 

PICTURE 9

 

  Two key challenges have been identified and we have recently published our commitments regarding these challenges:

 

 

 

 

  Challenge 1: Adapt to the new business environment:

    

  Challenge 2: Support inclusive and sustainable growth:

 

 

 

    Our commitments :

 

–   Be one of the top 10 companies to work for in at least 6 of the core geographies where we operate by 2021.

 

–   Have 40% - 60% of women members on our Group Board by 2021; and have at least 30% of women in senior leadership positions by 2025.

 

–   Achieve gender pay equality by 2025.

 

 

 

    Our commitments :

 

–   Financial empowerment of more than 10 million people from 2019 to 2025.

 

–   Mobilisation of EUR 120 billion from 2019 to 2025, and EUR 220 bn from 2019 to 2030 in green finance to help tackle climate change.

 

–   Eliminate unnecessary single use plastic in our branches and corporate buildings by 2021 and by 2025 have 100% of our electricity from renewable sources.

 

–   Fund 200,000 scholarships, internships and entrepreneurs programmes from 2019 to 2021.

 

–   Help 4 million people through our community programmes from 2019 to 2021.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Responsible banking

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 70

  

Santander Responsible banking targets

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 132

 

 

1. According to a well-known external source in each country (Great Place to Work, Top Employer, Merco, etc.).

2. Senior positions represent 1% of total workforce.

3. Calculation of equal pay gap compares employees of the same job, level and function.

4. Financially empowered people (mostly unbanked and underbanked), through products and services and social investment initiatives, to get access to the financial system, receive tailored finance and increase their knowledge and resilience through financial education.

5. Includes Santander overall contribution to green finance: project finance, syndicated loans, green bonds, capital finance, export finance, advisory, structuring and other products to help our clients in the transition to a low carbon economy. Commitment from 2019 to 2030 is EUR 220 billion.

6. In those countries where it is possible to certify renewable sourced electricity for the properties occupied by the Group.

7. People supported through Santander Universities initiative (students who will receive a Santander scholarship, will achieve an internship in an SME or participate in entrepreneurship programmes supported by the bank).

8. People helped through our community investment programmes (excluded Santander Universities and financial education initiatives).

 

 

 

 

 

 

First half 2019 highlights

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 6

SCIB financed Acciona's first ESG loan in the Chilean market in May 2019 for USD 30 million. In Spain, Santander is classified as first in the Spanish ranking of sustainable debt issues according to Dealogic, after participating as a joint bookrunner in Telefónica, Iberdrola, Adif, ICO and the Basque Country government.

 

 

PICTURE 7

Santander Wealth Management & Insurance has a range of ESG mutual funds (Santander Sostenible) that make us the leader with a 66% market share.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

 

A responsible bank has a solid governance model with well-defined functions; it manages risks and opportunities prudently and defines its long-term strategy watching out for the interests of all its stakeholders and society in general

PICTURE 115

 

    Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders

 

An extraordinary general meeting was called on June 21 for July 23, 2019 (second call) in order to submit for shareholders’ approval the capital increases needed to carry out the offer to acquire all the share capital of Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, which are not owned by Grupo Santander, as announced on April 12, 2019.

 

In order to facilitate the informed participation of shareholders at this meeting, all the proposed agreements, relevant administrator reports and the necessary legal documentation were published on the Group’s website (www.santander.com) when the meeting was called. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this report.

 

   Changes in the board in the second quarter

 

As of May 1, 2019, Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo no longer exercises his executive functions in the Group and ceases to be a deputy chairman of the board and a member of its executive committee. As such, he becomes a non-executive director (neither proprietary nor independent).

 

On June 19, 2019, authorisation was received from the European Central Bank to appoint Mr. Henrique de Castro as a director of the

Bank, who will join the Board on July 17, 2019.

 

   Changes to the composition of the board’s committees in the second quarter

 

As of May 1, 2019, Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo is a member of the appointments committee.

 

On July 23, 2019, Mr. Henrique de Castro will join the innovation and technology committee.

 

   Changes to the Group’s senior management in the second quarter

 

Ms. Mónica López-Monis Gallego was appointed on May 7, 2019 the new head of supervisory and regulatory relations.

 

 

 

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS SINCE QUARTER END

 

From July 1, 2019 until the approval date of the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, no significant events other than those indicated in the interim financial statements have occurred.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander share

 

 

 

SANTANDER SHARE

 

 

  Shareholder remuneration

 

Dividend

 

The fourth dividend of EUR 0.065 per share charged to 2018’s earnings was paid in cash in May 2019.

 

This brought the total shareholder remuneration for 2018 to EUR 0.23 per share, 4.5% more than in 2017.

 

This remuneration represents a return on the average share price in 2019 of 5.5%.

 

In order to align us with the current practices of our peers in Europe, the board's target is to maintain in the medium term a pay-out ratio of 40%-50%, up from the previous 30%-40% target, and, as announced at the 2018 annual general meeting, make two payments charged to 2019’s earnings. The board expects to announce the interim 2019 dividend after its meeting in September 2019.

 

  Share price performance

 

The Santander share is listed in five markets, in Spain, Mexico and Poland as an ordinary share, in the UK as a CDI and in the US as an ADR.

 

In Spain, the main market where the Bank is listed, the share price ended June 2019 at EUR 4.081, 2.7% higher than at the end of 2018. This performance was below that of the Ibex 35 benchmark Spanish index, which rose 7.7%, and that of the DJ Stoxx 50 and MSCI World Banks (+15.2% and +9.5%, respectively), but above DJ Stoxx Banks, the main European banking index (+0.9%).

 

 

Euro cents / share

 

PICTURE 8

 

PICTURE 186

In terms of total return, the Santander share increased 5.8% in the first half, better than the DJ Stoxx Banks (+5.0%).

 

Dividend 2019

 

PICTURE 187

 

 

 

 

 

Share price

 

 

PICTURE 13

 

s

Comparative share performance

PICTURE 15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 76

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander share

 

 

 

SANTANDER SHARE

 

 

  Market capitalisation and trading

    

 

PICTURE 16

 

By June 28, 2019, Santander was the largest bank in the Eurozone by market capitalisation and the 19th in the world among financial entities (EUR 66,253 million).

 

The share’s weighting in the DJ Stoxx 50 at the end of June 2019 was 1.8%, 8.1% in the DJ Stoxx Banks and 13.9% in the Ibex 35.

 

 

A total of 10,262 million Santander shares were traded in the first half for an effective value of EUR 43,668 million, the largest figure among the shares that comprise the EuroStoxx (liquidity ratio of 63%).

 

The Santander share

 

June 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares and trading data

 

The daily trading volume was 82 million shares with an effective value of EUR 349 million.

 

Shares (number)

16,236,573,942

 

Average daily turnover (number of shares)

82,094,277

 

 

Share liquidity (%)

63

 

 

(Number of shares traded during the year / number of shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock market indicators

 

 

 

Price / Tangible book value (X)

0.95

 

 

P/E ratio (X)

11.29

 

 

Free float (%)

99.98

 

 

 

 

  Shareholder base

 

Share capital distribution by type of shareholder

 

The total number of Santander shareholders on June 30, 2019 was 4,054,208 of which 3,809,676 were European (77.1% of the capital stock) and 228,225 from the Americas (21.9%).

 

Excluding the board, which holds 1.1% of the Bank’s capital stock, retail shareholders account for 39.5% and institutional shareholders 59.4%.

 

June 2019

PICTURE 3

(*) Shares owned or represented by directors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital distribution by geographic area

 

 

June 2019

 

PICTURE 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim consolidated director's report

first half 2019

 

PICTURE 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 184

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group financial information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net fee income. Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q2'19

Q1'19

Chg. %

H1’19

H1'18

Chg. %

Fees from services

1,734
1,779
(2.5)
3,513
3,603
(2.5)

Wealth management and marketing of customer funds

962
936
2.8
1,898
1,840
3.2

Securities and custody

236
216
9.3
452
446
1.3

Net fee income

2,932
2,931
0.0
5,863
5,889
(0.4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses. Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q2'19

Q1'19

Chg. %

H1'19

H1'18

Chg. %

Staff costs

3,074
3,006
2.3
6,080
5,960
2.0

Other general administrative expenses

2,025
2,005
1.0
4,030
4,305
(6.4)

Information technology

562
551
2.0
1,113
763
46.0

Communications

132
132

264
262
0.9

Advertising

168
157
7.0
325
310
4.8

Buildings and premises

218
211
3.3
429
927
(53.7)

Printed and office material

31
32
(3.1)
63
62
2.3

Taxes (other than tax on profits)

138
126
9.5
264
287
(7.9)

Other expenses

776
796
(2.5)
1,572
1,695
(7.3)

Administrative expenses

5,099
5,011
1.8
10,110
10,265
(1.5)

Depreciation and amortisation

730
747
(2.3)
1,477
1,217
21.4

Operating expenses

5,829
5,758
1.2
11,587
11,482
0.9

(1) In H1'19, impact of the IFRS 16 application.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating means. Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees

Branches

 

Jun‑19

Jun‑18

Var.

Jun‑19

Jun‑18

Var.

Europe

91,488
92,521
(1,033)
6,427
6,912
(485)

Spain

30,682
31,393
(711)
4,247
4,468
(221)

Santander Consumer Finance

14,494
15,083
(589)
424
442
(18)

United Kingdom

25,761
25,829
(68)
659
779
(120)

Portugal

6,736
6,940
(204)
553
672
(119)

Poland

11,488
11,494
(6)
532
540
(8)

Other

2,327
1,782
545
12
11
1

North America

36,917
36,270
647
2,062
2,072
(10)

US

17,381
17,191
190
646
670
(24)

Mexico

19,536
19,079
457
1,416
1,402
14

South America

71,158
69,997
1,161
4,591
4,497
94

Brazil

48,118
46,672
1,446
3,643
3,490
153

Chile

11,797
12,023
(226)
380
420
(40)

Argentina

9,183
9,222
(39)
469
482
(13)

Other

2,060
2,080
(20)
99
105
(6)

Santander Global Platform

597
427
170
1
1

Corporate Centre

1,644
1,746
(102)

 

 

 

Total Group

201,804
200,961
843
13,081
13,482
(401)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net)

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q2'19

Q1'19

Chg. %

H1'19

H1'18

Chg. %

Net loan-loss provisions

2,141
2,172
(1.4)
4,313
4,297
0.4

Non-performing loans

2,637
2,515
4.9
5,152
5,112
0.8

Country-risk

(2)
1

(1)
9

Recovery of written-off assets

(494)
(344)
43.6
(838)
(823)
1.8

Other impairment

(19)
74
(125.7)
55
55
(134.8)

Total

2,122
2,246
(5.5)
4,368
4,352
(51.2)

 

 

 

 

 

52

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group financial information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers. Consolidated

EUR million

 

 

 

Change

 

 

Jun-19

Jun-18

Absolute

%

Dec-18

Commercial bills

34,275
30,301
3,974
13.1
33,301

Secured loans

495,091
475,428
19,663
4.1
478,068

Other term loans

270,244
261,538
8,706
3.3
265,696

Finance leases

34,534
29,804
4,730
15.9
30,758

Receivable on demand

8,689
9,936
(1,247)
(12.6)
8,794

Credit cards receivable

23,031
20,728
2,303
11.1
23,083

Impaired assets

33,045
35,150
(2,105)
(6.0)
34,218

Gross loans and advances to customers (excl. reverse repos)

898,909
862,885
36,024
4.2
873,918

Reverse repos

32,049
23,523
8,526
36.2
32,310

Gross loans and advances to customers

930,958
886,408
44,550
5.0
906,228

Loan-loss allowances

22,723
24,316
(1,593)
(6.6)
23,307

Loans and advances to customers

908,235
862,092
46,143
5.4
882,921

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total funds. Consolidated

EUR million

 

 

 

Change

 

 

Jun-19

Jun-18

Absolute

%

Dec-18

Demand deposits

573,079
535,084
37,995
7.1
548,711

Time deposits

206,431
196,154
10,277
5.2
199,025

Mutual funds

174,294
163,790
10,504
6.4
157,888

Customer funds

953,804
895,028
58,776
6.6
905,624

Pension funds

15,602
15,900
(298)
(1.9)
15,393

Managed portfolios

28,122
27,248
874
3.2
26,785

Repos

35,241
43,187
(7,946)
(18.4)
32,760

Total funds

1,032,769
981,363
51,406
5.2
980,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible capital (fully loaded)

EUR million

 

 

 

Change

 

 

Jun-19*

Jun-18

Absolute

%

Dec-18

Capital stock and reserves

117,699
116,371
1,327
1.1
114,147

Attributable profit

3,231
3,752
(521)
(13.9)
7,810

Dividends

(1,615)
(1,635)
19
(1.2)
(3,292)

Other retained earnings

(22,937)
(25,341)
2,404
(9.5)
(23,606)

Minority interests

6,893
6,567
325
5.0
6,981

Goodwill and intangible assets

(28,810)
(28,726)
(84)
0.3
(28,644)

Other deductions

(6,054)
(6,741)
687
(10.2)
(6,492)

Core CET1

68,406
64,248
4,158
6.5
66,904

Preferred shares and other eligible T1

8,690
8,824
(134)
(1.5)
8,934

Tier 1

77,096
73,072
4,024
5.5
75,838

Generic funds and eligible T2 instruments

12,544
11,646
897
7.7
11,669

Eligible capital

89,640
84,718
4,921
5.8
87,506

Risk-weighted assets

605,470
594,754
10,716
1.8
592,319

CET1 capital ratio

11.30
10.80
0.50

 

11.30

T1 capital ratio

12.73
12.29
0.44

 

12.80

Total capital ratio

14.80
14.24
0.56

 

14.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

(*) Applying a 50% pay-out in the calculation of the capital ratios.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EUROPE

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 12

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1'19

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

3,580
0.5
0.5
7,141
1.9
1.8

Net fee income

1,304
(1.7)
(1.8)
2,630
(4.5)
(4.6)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

146
(21.1)
(21.3)
332
(31.1)
(31.3)

Other operating income

158
4.1
4.2
310
11.5
11.3

Total income

5,188
(0.7)
(0.7)
10,413
(1.1)
(1.1)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(2,789)
(0.5)
(0.5)
(5,591)
(1.3)
(1.5)

Net operating income

2,399
(1.0)
(1.0)
4,822
(0.7)
(0.7)

Net loan-loss provisions

(387)
(15.3)
(15.4)
(844)
(1.8)
(1.7)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(231)
17.0
17.0
(429)
10.5
10.5

Profit before tax

1,781
0.7
0.7
3,549
(1.7)
(1.7)

Tax on profit

(475)
(3.5)
(3.5)
(967)
(0.9)
(0.9)

Profit from continuing operations

1,306
2.3
2.3
2,583
(2.0)
(2.0)

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

1,306
2.3
2.3
2,583
(2.0)
(2.0)

Non-controlling interests

(116)
2.1
1.9
(229)
7.4
8.0

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

1,191
2.4
2.4
2,354
(2.8)
(2.8)

 

 

Balance sheet

Loans and advances to customers

650,061
(0.9)
0.9
650,061
2.4
2.8

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

200,873
10.6
12.5
200,873
13.2
13.7

Debt instruments

113,844
(1.8)
(0.4)
113,844
(2.7)
(2.5)

Other financial assets

51,503
(5.4)
(2.6)
51,503
(11.3)
(10.7)

Other asset accounts

42,961
(4.1)
(3.1)
42,961
(8.1)
(8.0)

Total assets

1,059,243
0.6
2.4
1,059,243
2.4
2.8

Customer deposits

589,590
0.4
2.0
589,590
3.3
3.6

Central banks and credit institutions

204,741
1.4
3.3
204,741
0.1
0.4

Marketable debt securities

129,654
0.4
2.7
129,654
4.9
5.6

Other financial liabilities

63,161
4.8
7.3
63,161
3.4
4.4

Other liabilities accounts

17,466
(5.2)
(4.2)
17,466
(15.1)
(15.0)

Total liabilities

1,004,613
0.7
2.6
1,004,613
2.4
2.9

Total equity

54,629
(1.8)
(0.5)
54,629
2.1
2.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

638,237
(0.2)
1.5
638,237
2.0
2.3

Customer funds

658,498
0.9
2.3
658,498
4.7
5.0

Customer deposits (3)

573,618
0.7
2.2
573,618
5.1
5.4

Mutual funds

84,880
2.6
3.0
84,880
2.6
2.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

9.80
0.19

 

9.72
(0.76)

 

Efficiency ratio

53.7
0.1

 

53.7
(0.2)

 

NPL ratio

3.48
(0.13)

 

3.48
(0.49)

 

NPL coverage

49.9
0.4

 

49.9
(3.0)

 

Number of employees

91,488
(1.7)

 

91,488
(1.1)

 

Number of branches

6,427
(4.0)

 

6,427
(7.0)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 77

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1'19

 

 

s/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2'19

%

 

H1’19

%

Net interest income

1,009
(0.0)

 

2,018
1.1

Net fee income

624
0.1

 

1,247
(6.9)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

214
79.1

 

333
22.8

Other operating income

2
(97.6)

 

107
(23.0)

Total income

1,849
(0.4)

 

3,706
(1.1)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(1,020)
(0.5)

 

(2,044)
(7.3)

Net operating income

829
(0.3)

 

1,661
7.9

Net loan-loss provisions

(228)
(6.0)

 

(470)
7.7

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(143)
28.1

 

(255)
9.7

Profit before tax

458
(4.1)

 

936
7.4

Tax on profit

(120)
(0.9)

 

(242)
15.4

Profit from continuing operations

338
(5.2)

 

694
4.9

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

338
(5.2)

 

694
4.9

Non-controlling interests

0
110.6

 

0

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

338
(5.1)

 

694
5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

194,417
0.1

 

194,417
(3.9)

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

87,193
8.3

 

87,193
14.7

Debt instruments

39,289
(6.3)

 

39,289
(24.2)

Other financial assets

1,469
(23.7)

 

1,469
(53.6)

Other asset accounts

22,464
(9.1)

 

22,464
(14.8)

Total assets

344,831
0.4

 

344,831
(4.1)

Customer deposits

252,057
3.9

 

252,057
5.8

Central banks and credit institutions

38,002
(18.6)

 

38,002
(41.5)

Marketable debt securities

24,841
6.2

 

24,841
2.7

Other financial liabilities

8,842
10.2

 

8,842
19.2

Other liabilities accounts

6,090
(18.7)

 

6,090
(38.7)

Total liabilities

329,833
0.5

 

329,833
(4.3)

Total equity

14,999
(1.5)

 

14,999
0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

201,058
(0.1)

 

201,058
(4.5)

Customer funds

317,169
3.4

 

317,169
4.8

Customer deposits (3)

251,170
3.8

 

251,170
5.7

Mutual funds

65,999
1.7

 

65,999
1.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

8.99
(0.62)

 

9.31
0.66

Efficiency ratio

55.2
(0.0)

 

55.2
(3.7)

NPL ratio

7.02
(0.27)

 

7.02
(0.60)

NPL coverage

42.9
(0.4)

 

42.9
(4.6)

Number of employees

30,682
(2.1)

 

30,682
(2.3)

Number of branches

4,247
(2.7)

 

4,247
(4.9)

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander Consumer Finance

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 138

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1'19

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

971
3.1
3.0
1,911
3.7
4.1

Net fee income

201
(6.1)
(6.1)
415
2.9
3.0

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

(1)

1
(95.1)
(95.1)

Other operating income

(17)

(6)

Total income

1,154
(1.2)
(1.3)
2,321
2.4
2.8

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(527)
3.6
3.5
(1,035)
1.7
2.0

Net operating income

627
(4.9)
(4.9)
1,286
3.0
3.4

Net loan-loss provisions

(59)
(51.3)
(51.4)
(181)
(4.3)
(4.3)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(12)

12
(68.4)
(68.5)

Profit before tax

556
(1.0)
(1.1)
1,117
1.9
2.3

Tax on profit

(155)
(2.7)
(2.7)
(314)
5.5
5.9

Profit from continuing operations

401
(0.3)
(0.4)
803
0.6
1.0

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

401
(0.3)
(0.4)
803
0.6
1.0

Non-controlling interests

(67)
(14.0)
(14.0)
(145)
10.6
10.8

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

334
3.0
2.9
658
(1.4)
(1.0)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

98,395
2.7
2.7
98,395
7.1
7.3

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

6,799
7.9
8.0
6,799
30.8
31.3

Debt instruments

3,288
(4.5)
(4.6)
3,288
2.0
1.8

Other financial assets

38
14.2
14.3
38
78.1
78.6

Other asset accounts

4,102
10.0
10.1
4,102
14.6
14.7

Total assets

112,622
3.1
3.1
112,622
8.4
8.6

Customer deposits

37,896
2.7
2.7
37,896
3.1
3.2

Central banks and credit institutions

25,104
1.4
1.4
25,104
(0.3)
(0.2)

Marketable debt securities

33,946
5.8
5.9
33,946
24.2
24.4

Other financial liabilities

1,395
16.8
16.8
1,395
40.3
40.0

Other liabilities accounts

3,905
4.0
4.0
3,905
5.9
6.0

Total liabilities

102,247
3.6
3.6
102,247
8.8
8.9

Total equity

10,375
(2.1)
(2.2)
10,375
4.8
4.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

100,752
2.7
2.7
100,752
6.8
7.0

Customer funds

37,896
2.8
2.8
37,896
3.2
3.3

Customer deposits (3)

37,896
2.8
2.8
37,896
3.2
3.3

Mutual funds

(100.0)
(100.0)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

15.83
0.98

 

15.36
(1.64)

 

Efficiency ratio

45.6
2.1

 

44.6
(0.3)

 

NPL ratio

2.24
(0.09)

 

2.24
(0.20)

 

NPL coverage

105.9
0.6

 

105.9
(1.8)

 

Number of employees

14,494
(2.0)

 

14,494
(3.9)

 

Number of branches

424
(2.1)

 

424
(4.1)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

56

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 139

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1'19

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

944
(3.2)
(2.9)
1,919
(6.5)
(7.2)

Net fee income

207
(4.3)
(4.0)
423
(7.7)
(8.4)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

20

20
(66.3)
(66.6)

Other operating income

12
(16.4)
(16.2)
26
36.7
35.7

Total income

1,183
(1.9)
(1.7)
2,388
(7.8)
(8.4)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(703)
(4.8)
(4.5)
(1,442)
0.1
(0.6)

Net operating income

479
2.6
2.8
946
(17.7)
(18.3)

Net loan-loss provisions

(19)
(67.9)
(67.7)
(80)
(21.7)
(22.3)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(25)
(50.2)
(50.0)
(75)
(27.4)
(27.9)

Profit before tax

435
21.9
22.2
792
(16.2)
(16.8)

Tax on profit

(102)
5.2
5.5
(199)
(25.2)
(25.8)

Profit from continuing operations

333
28.2
28.4
593
(12.6)
(13.3)

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

333
28.2
28.4
593
(12.6)
(13.3)

Non-controlling interests

(5)
2.5
2.7
(11)
(20.6)
(21.2)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

327
28.7
29.0
582
(12.5)
(13.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

251,543
(4.6)
(0.3)
251,543
1.0
2.2

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

40,536
7.3
12.1
40,536
(23.8)
(22.9)

Debt instruments

23,609
(0.4)
4.0
23,609
(10.8)
(9.7)

Other financial assets

1,092
44.9
51.3
1,092
(84.7)
(84.6)

Other asset accounts

10,328
0.7
5.1
10,328
1.7
2.9

Total assets

327,109
(2.7)
1.7
327,109
(5.5)
(4.3)

Customer deposits

211,025
(2.7)
1.7
211,025
(3.6)
(2.5)

Central banks and credit institutions

24,521
(2.9)
1.5
24,521
2.0
3.2

Marketable debt securities

65,236
(3.4)
0.9
65,236
(2.0)
(0.8)

Other financial liabilities

4,875
10.3
15.2
4,875
(68.7)
(68.4)

Other liabilities accounts

4,470
(2.2)
2.1
4,470
4.4
5.7

Total liabilities

310,128
(2.7)
1.7
310,128
(5.9)
(4.8)

Total equity

16,981
(2.6)
1.8
16,981
2.7
4.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

232,150
(3.4)
0.9
232,150
(0.9)
0.3

Customer funds

205,064
(2.3)
2.1
205,064
0.5
1.7

Customer deposits (3)

196,925
(2.3)
2.1
196,925
0.6
1.8

Mutual funds

8,139
(1.7)
2.7
8,139
(3.0)
(1.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

8.68
1.76

 

7.81
(2.12)

 

Efficiency ratio

59.5
(1.8)

 

60.4
4.8

 

NPL ratio

1.13
(0.04)

 

1.13

 

NPL coverage

31.9
1.0

 

31.9
(1.9)

 

Number of employees

25,761
1.1

 

25,761
(0.3)

 

Number of branches

659
(12.6)

 

659
(15.4)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Portugal

 

 

 

PICTURE 188

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1'19

 

 

s/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

  

H1’19

%

Net interest income

213
(1.2)

 

429
(1.4)

Net fee income

99
0.8

 

197
4.1

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

42
(15.4)

 

91
58.6

Other operating income

0

 

(6)

Total income

354
(0.9)

 

712
3.5

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(154)
(1.9)

 

(312)
(3.8)

Net operating income

200
(0.1)

 

400
10.0

Net loan-loss provisions

(1)

 

12

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(13)
(34.9)

 

(33)
6.1

Profit before tax

186
(3.9)

 

379
16.9

Tax on profit

(60)
3.4

 

(118)
25.9

Profit from continuing operations

126
(7.0)

 

261
13.3

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

126
(7.0)

 

261
13.3

Non-controlling interests

(1)
17.2

 

(1)
(24.6)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

125
(7.1)

 

260
13.5

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

35,734
0.9

 

35,734
0.5

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

4,025
(4.0)

 

4,025
(7.7)

Debt instruments

13,238
0.3

 

13,238
12.2

Other financial assets

1,809
(1.7)

 

1,809
(6.5)

Other asset accounts

1,941
(1.6)

 

1,941
(20.9)

Total assets

56,747
0.2

 

56,747
1.1

Customer deposits

38,975
1.9

 

38,975
5.1

Central banks and credit institutions

8,064
(1.1)

 

8,064
(10.8)

Marketable debt securities

3,426
(19.0)

 

3,426
(20.9)

Other financial liabilities

326
14.1

 

326
24.2

Other liabilities accounts

1,701
20.0

 

1,701
14.3

Total liabilities

52,491
0.3

 

52,491
0.6

Total equity

4,256
(0.7)

 

4,256
8.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

36,691
0.6

 

36,691
(1.0)

Customer funds

41,784
3.8

 

41,784
6.6

Customer deposits (3)

38,975
1.9

 

38,975
5.1

Mutual funds

2,809
40.5

 

2,809
32.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

11.96
(1.09)

 

12.54
0.98

Efficiency ratio

43.6
(0.4)

 

43.8
(3.3)

NPL ratio

5.00
(0.77)

 

5.00
(2.55)

NPL coverage

52.9
2.2

 

52.9
0.2

Number of employees

6,736
0.0

 

6,736
(2.9)

Number of branches

553
(1.4)

 

553
(17.7)

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Poland

 

 

 

PICTURE 189

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

 

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

284

 

1.0
0.6
565

 

16.0
18.0

Net fee income

117

 

2.7
2.3
230

 

1.5
3.2

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

21

 

12.1
11.6
39

 

102.7
106.2

Other operating income

18

 

(18)

 

756.6
771.2

Total income

440

 

16.6
16.1
817

 

11.7
13.6

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(176)

 

1.8
1.3
(349)

 

10.2
12.0

Net operating income

263

 

29.2
28.7
467

 

12.9
14.8

Net loan-loss provisions

(64)

 

47.1
46.5
(107)

 

23.0
25.1

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(34)

 

1.4
0.9
(68)

 

42.7
45.1

Profit before tax

166

 

30.6
30.0
293

 

4.7
6.5

Tax on profit

(36)

 

(3.8)
(4.3)
(73)

 

23.3
25.4

Profit from continuing operations

130

 

44.9
44.4
219

 

(0.4)
1.3

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

Consolidated profit

130

 

44.9
44.4
219

 

(0.4)
1.3

Non-controlling interests

(41)

 

46.2
45.7
(69)

 

6.2
8.0

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

89

 

44.3
43.8
150

 

(3.1)
(1.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

29,345

 

3.3
2.0
29,345

 

29.9
26.3

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

2,987

 

11.8
10.5
2,987

 

84.7
79.5

Debt instruments

10,367

 

(8.0)
(9.0)
10,367

 

23.4
19.9

Other financial assets

565

 

3.9
2.7
565

 

0.9
(1.9)

Other asset accounts

1,326

 

1.3
0.1
1,326

 

29.6
26.0

Total assets

44,591

 

0.9
(0.3)
44,591

 

30.4
26.7

Customer deposits

32,758

 

1.0
(0.2)
32,758

 

27.6
24.0

Central banks and credit institutions

3,243

 

(3.2)
(4.3)
3,243

 

89.7
84.3

Marketable debt securities

2,091

 

16.6
15.2
2,091

 

107.0
101.2

Other financial liabilities

814

 

8.6
7.3
814

 

90.3
84.9

Other liabilities accounts

894

 

9.1
7.8
894

 

16.6
13.3

Total liabilities

39,800

 

1.7
0.5
39,800

 

34.5
30.7

Total equity

4,791

 

(5.3)
(6.4)
4,791

 

4.0
1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

30,278

 

3.3
2.0
30,278

 

29.5
25.8

Customer funds

36,060

 

2.5
1.3
36,060

 

25.4
21.9

Customer deposits (3)

31,867

 

2.4
1.2
31,867

 

27.5
23.9

Mutual funds

4,193

 

3.1
1.8
4,193

 

11.6
8.4

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

11.44

 

3.68

 

9.61

 

(1.32)

 

Efficiency ratio

40.1

 

(5.8)

 

42.8

 

(0.6)

 

NPL ratio

4.21

 

(0.18)

 

4.21

 

(0.37)

 

NPL coverage

69.7

 

2.1

 

69.7

 

(2.4)

 

Number of employees

11,488

 

(8.5)

 

11,488

 

(0.1)

 

Number of branches

532

 

(6.8)

 

532

 

(1.5)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Other Europe

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2'19

 

%

% w/o FX

H1'19

 

%

% w/o FX

Net interest income

159

 

14.4
14.3
299

 

50.8
49.0

Net fee income

56

 

(8.6)
(8.9)
118

 

(13.7)
(15.4)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

(149)

 

(153)

 

Other operating income

142

 

122.8
122.7
205

 

79.0
78.4

Total income

209

 

(20.1)
(20.3)
469

 

(6.8)
(8.2)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(208)

 

4.2
4.0
(408)

 

12.8
11.1

Net operating income

0

 

(99.2)
(99.3)
62

 

(56.7)
(57.3)

Net loan-loss provisions

(16)

 

612.4
612.5
(18)

 

(50.5)
(50.7)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(4)

 

(37.5)
(37.5)
(11)

 

(5.1)
(8.3)

Profit before tax

(19)

 

33

 

(65.1)
(65.6)

Tax on profit

(2)

 

(91.9)
(91.9)
(20)

 

(58.1)
(58.5)

Profit from continuing operations

(21)

 

13

 

(72.5)
(73.1)

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

Consolidated profit

(21)

 

13

 

(72.5)
(73.1)

Non-controlling interests

(1)

 

12.7
11.9
(3)

 

141.0
127.1

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

(22)

 

10

 

(78.1)
(78.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

40,627

 

5.6
7.5
40,627

 

21.5
21.8

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

59,334

 

18.2
21.9
59,334

 

60.0
60.8

Debt instruments

24,053

 

7.3
11.1
24,053

 

57.5
59.0

Other financial assets

46,529

 

(5.7)
(2.7)
46,529

 

2.9
3.7

Other asset accounts

2,801

 

(0.2)
0.6
2,801

 

(12.1)
(13.0)

Total assets

173,344

 

6.2
9.2
173,344

 

29.1
29.9

Customer deposits

16,880

 

(17.1)
(15.3)
16,880

 

19.5
19.9

Central banks and credit institutions

105,808

 

12.8
16.3
105,808

 

33.0
33.5

Marketable debt securities

114

 

11.0
11.9
114

 

(16.2)
(17.9)

Other financial liabilities

46,909

 

2.9
5.8
46,909

 

29.0
30.4

Other liabilities accounts

405

 

8.1
9.9
405

 

(3.0)
(3.0)

Total liabilities

170,116

 

6.2
9.2
170,116

 

30.2
31.0

Total equity

3,228

 

6.5
8.1
3,228

 

(10.5)
(11.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

37,309

 

10.2
11.8
37,309

 

40.3
40.3

Customer funds

20,525

 

(12.7)
(11.2)
20,525

 

18.2
18.5

Customer deposits (3)

16,785

 

(16.3)
(14.5)
16,785

 

20.8
21.2

Mutual funds

3,739

 

7.8
7.8
3,739

 

7.8
7.8

Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

2,327

 

7.3

 

2,327

 

30.6

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

NORTH AMERICA

 

 

 

PICTURE 190

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

 

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

2,230

 

2.6
1.4
4,403

 

15.8
8.3

Net fee income

463

 

5.5
4.3
901

 

11.4
4.2

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

50

 

312.8
310.4
62

 

(44.4)
(47.9)

Other operating income

176

 

35.5
34.4
306

 

36.9
27.7

Total income

2,918

 

6.0
4.8
5,672

 

14.7
7.2

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(1,214)

 

3.5
2.3
(2,386)

 

9.4
2.3

Net operating income

1,705

 

7.8
6.6
3,286

 

18.8
11.1

Net loan-loss provisions

(793)

 

(1.4)
(2.5)
(1,597)

 

13.0
5.7

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(31)

 

(51.5)
(52.3)
(95)

 

7.8
0.8

Profit before tax

881

 

23.5
22.1
1,594

 

26.0
17.9

Tax on profit

(217)

 

15.7
14.4
(405)

 

21.4
13.5

Profit from continuing operations

664

 

26.2
24.8
1,189

 

27.6
19.4

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

Consolidated profit

664

 

26.2
24.8
1,189

 

27.6
19.4

Non-controlling interests

(161)

 

15.4
14.0
(300)

 

24.1
16.1

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

503

 

30.1
28.7
889

 

28.8
20.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

126,478

 

1.7
2.8
126,478

 

20.9
17.3

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

25,352

 

(22.5)
(21.8)
25,352

 

1.5
(2.1)

Debt instruments

26,739

 

8.8
9.9
26,739

 

0.3
(3.2)

Other financial assets

9,483

 

12.0
13.0
9,483

 

(9.6)
(13.0)

Other asset accounts

21,451

 

6.1
7.4
21,451

 

33.5
29.8

Total assets

209,503

 

(0.4)
0.7
209,503

 

14.6
11.0

Customer deposits

98,362

 

(2.2)
(1.1)
98,362

 

12.7
9.0

Central banks and credit institutions

28,072

 

20.1
21.3
28,072

 

28.8
24.6

Marketable debt securities

41,825

 

(10.4)
(9.3)
41,825

 

21.4
18.0

Other financial liabilities

11,912

 

9.2
10.1
11,912

 

(0.5)
(4.4)

Other liabilities accounts

5,884

 

4.5
5.6
5,884

 

1.5
(1.8)

Total liabilities

186,055

 

(0.6)
0.5
186,055

 

15.3
11.6

Total equity

23,447

 

0.9
2.0
23,447

 

9.1
5.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

122,869

 

1.9
3.0
122,869

 

13.0
9.6

Customer funds

111,544

 

1.8
2.8
111,544

 

10.2
6.6

Customer deposits (3)

90,533

 

1.4
2.5
90,533

 

10.1
6.6

Mutual funds

21,011

 

3.5
4.4
21,011

 

10.4
6.4

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

10.56

 

2.11

 

9.54

 

1.28

 

Efficiency ratio

41.6

 

(1.0)

 

42.1

 

(2.0)

 

NPL ratio

2.29

 

(0.04)

 

2.29

 

(0.53)

 

NPL coverage

150.3

 

(3.1)

 

150.3

 

3.8

 

Number of employees

36,917

 

(0.6)

 

36,917

 

1.8

 

Number of branches

2,062

 

(0.4)

 

2,062

 

(0.5)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

1,453
3.3
2.2
2,860

 

14.3
6.8

Net fee income

244
4.4
3.3
479

 

10.4
3.1

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

23
46.8
45.5
39

 

(0.0)
(6.7)

Other operating income

199
26.3
25.1
357

 

30.3
21.7

Total income

1,920
5.8
4.7
3,734

 

15.0
7.4

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(805)
3.8
2.7
(1,581)

 

7.2
0.1

Net operating income

1,115
7.3
6.2
2,154

 

21.5
13.4

Net loan-loss provisions

(568)
(7.1)
(8.1)
(1,178)

 

15.0
7.4

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(26)
(55.3)
(56.1)
(84)

 

15.7
8.0

Profit before tax

521
40.8
39.6
891

 

31.9
23.1

Tax on profit

(138)
24.9
23.7
(248)

 

21.1
13.1

Profit from continuing operations

383
47.7
46.3
643

 

36.5
27.5

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

383
47.7
46.3
643

 

36.5
27.5

Non-controlling interests

(99)
27.2
26.0
(178)

 

29.6
21.0

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

284
56.4
55.1
465

 

39.4
30.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

93,133
2.0
3.3
93,133

 

22.2
19.3

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

13,790
(23.7)
(22.7)
13,790

 

18.3
15.4

Debt instruments

13,849
3.1
4.4
13,849

 

(3.5)
(5.8)

Other financial assets

3,913
10.3
11.8
3,913

 

(9.3)
(11.5)

Other asset accounts

17,888
5.5
6.9
17,888

 

34.4
31.2

Total assets

142,572
(0.5)
0.8
142,572

 

19.0
16.2

Customer deposits

64,373
(0.7)
0.5
64,373

 

19.2
16.4

Central banks and credit institutions

17,495
34.1
35.8
17,495

 

31.0
27.9

Marketable debt securities

35,261
(13.6)
(12.5)
35,261

 

23.6
20.7

Other financial liabilities

4,277
17.4
18.9
4,277

 

8.1
5.5

Other liabilities accounts

3,722
0.9
2.2
3,722

 

2.5
0.1

Total liabilities

125,129
(0.7)
0.5
125,129

 

20.9
18.1

Total equity

17,443
1.1
2.4
17,443

 

6.7
4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

89,636
2.1
3.5
89,636

 

12.7
10.0

Customer funds

69,967
2.9
4.3
69,967

 

12.5
9.8

Customer deposits (3)

60,470
2.7
4.0
60,470

 

12.5
9.8

Mutual funds

9,497
4.4
5.8
9,497

 

12.6
9.9

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

7.65
2.58

 

6.38

 

1.27

 

Efficiency ratio

41.9
(0.8)

 

42.3

 

(3.1)

 

NPL ratio

2.32
(0.09)

 

2.32

 

(0.59)

 

NPL coverage

158.4
(2.6)

 

158.4

 

1.5

 

Number of employees

17,381
0.6

 

17,381

 

1.1

 

Number of branches

646
(2.0)

 

646

 

(3.6)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

62

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mexico

 

 

 

PICTURE 197

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

777
1.4
(0.1)
1,543

 

18.6
11.2

Net fee income

218
6.9
5.4
423

 

12.5
5.6

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

27

23

 

(68.4)
(70.4)

Other operating income

(23)
(17.2)
(18.5)
(51)

 

1.1
(5.1)

Total income

999
6.4
4.9
1,938

 

14.0
7.0

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(409)
3.0
1.5
(806)

 

14.1
7.1

Net operating income

590
8.8
7.3
1,132

 

14.0
6.9

Net loan-loss provisions

(225)
16.7
15.2
(419)

 

7.7
1.1

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(5)
(11.2)
(12.6)
(10)

 

(30.3)
(34.6)

Profit before tax

360
4.7
3.3
703

 

19.2
11.9

Tax on profit

(79)
2.7
1.2
(156)

 

21.7
14.2

Profit from continuing operations

280
5.3
3.9
547

 

18.5
11.2

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

280
5.3
3.9
547

 

18.5
11.2

Non-controlling interests

(61)
0.2
(1.3)
(122)

 

17.0
9.8

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

219
6.9
5.4
424

 

19.0
11.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

33,345
0.9
1.5
33,345

 

17.3
11.8

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

11,563
(21.1)
(20.6)
11,563

 

(13.2)
(17.2)

Debt instruments

12,890
15.7
16.4
12,890

 

4.7
(0.2)

Other financial assets

5,570
13.3
13.9
5,570

 

(9.8)
(14.0)

Other asset accounts

3,563
9.1
9.7
3,563

 

29.0
23.0

Total assets

66,930
(0.2)
0.4
66,930

 

6.2
1.3

Customer deposits

33,989
(4.8)
(4.2)
33,989

 

2.0
(2.7)

Central banks and credit institutions

10,576
2.4
3.0
10,576

 

25.4
19.6

Marketable debt securities

6,565
12.5
13.2
6,565

 

10.7
5.5

Other financial liabilities

7,635
5.1
5.7
7,635

 

(4.7)
(9.2)

Other liabilities accounts

2,161
11.3
12.0
2,161

 

(0.3)
(4.9)

Total liabilities

60,927
(0.2)
0.4
60,927

 

5.3
0.4

Total equity

6,004
0.4
1.0
6,004

 

16.8
11.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

33,234
1.1
1.7
33,234

 

13.8
8.5

Customer funds

41,577
(0.1)
0.5
41,577

 

6.5
1.6

Customer deposits (3)

30,063
(1.2)
(0.6)
30,063

 

5.7
0.8

Mutual funds

11,514
2.7
3.3
11,514

 

8.8
3.7

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

20.71
0.60

 

20.47

 

0.60

 

Efficiency ratio

40.9
(1.3)

 

41.6

 

0.0

 

NPL ratio

2.21
0.09

 

2.21

 

(0.37)

 

NPL coverage

126.9
(3.2)

 

126.9

 

10.8

 

Number of employees

19,536
(1.7)

 

19,536

 

2.4

 

Number of branches

1,416
0.3

 

1,416

 

1.0

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

SOUTH AMERICA

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

3,425
6.3
9.2
6,647

 

1.4
9.4

Net fee income

1,178
(0.0)
2.9
2,355

 

0.6
10.9

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

130
(18.8)
(16.5)
289

 

13.1
40.7

Other operating income

(85)
18.1
21.7
(157)

 

Total income

4,647
3.6
6.5
9,134

 

(0.2)
8.7

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(1,664)
1.1
4.0
(3,309)

 

(1.6)
9.1

Net operating income

2,984
5.0
7.9
5,825

 

0.6
8.5

Net loan-loss provisions

(956)
5.9
8.8
(1,859)

 

(5.1)
2.4

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(151)
(1.7)
1.8
(306)

 

(8.2)
4.6

Profit before tax

1,876
5.1
8.0
3,661

 

4.6
12.3

Tax on profit

(672)
(2.9)
(0.1)
(1,363)

 

1.9
8.9

Profit from continuing operations

1,205
10.2
13.0
2,297

 

6.3
14.4

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

1,205
10.2
13.0
2,297

 

6.3
14.4

Non-controlling interests

(169)
1.3
3.7
(336)

 

7.0
11.5

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

1,035
11.8
14.7
1,961

 

6.2
14.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

124,950
1.3
1.4
124,950

 

8.3
9.5

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

49,995
12.5
12.2
49,995

 

12.4
13.0

Debt instruments

48,204
4.8
4.2
48,204

 

9.5
7.7

Other financial assets

11,508
28.4
28.3
11,508

 

36.2
34.6

Other asset accounts

16,456
4.5
4.1
16,456

 

16.9
15.8

Total assets

251,113
5.3
5.1
251,113

 

10.9
11.2

Customer deposits

116,739
4.7
4.7
116,739

 

7.6
9.2

Central banks and credit institutions

37,872
(2.4)
(2.8)
37,872

 

(0.7)
(2.0)

Marketable debt securities

31,983
3.2
3.0
31,983

 

12.9
12.1

Other financial liabilities

31,372
21.1
20.5
31,372

 

34.9
33.5

Other liabilities accounts

10,320
15.8
15.3
10,320

 

34.0
32.4

Total liabilities

228,286
5.6
5.4
228,286

 

10.8
11.2

Total equity

22,827
2.3
2.1
22,827

 

11.7
11.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

130,953
1.5
1.5
130,953

 

8.4
9.5

Customer funds

173,298
5.7
5.4
173,298

 

10.6
11.4

Customer deposits (3)

105,299
5.8
5.8
105,299

 

10.5
12.9

Mutual funds

67,999
5.5
4.9
67,999

 

10.7
9.2

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

21.98
2.40

 

20.76

 

0.95

 

Efficiency ratio

35.8
(0.9)

 

36.2

 

(0.5)

 

NPL ratio

4.81
(0.02)

 

4.81

 

(0.01)

 

NPL coverage

93.0
(1.1)

 

93.0

 

(1.4)

 

Number of employees

71,158
1.7

 

71,158

 

1.7

 

Number of branches

4,591
1.8

 

4,591

 

2.1

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

64

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazil

 

 

 

PICTURE 198

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

2,520
2.5
5.5
4,979

 

1.5
6.6

Net fee income

924
(0.7)
2.3
1,855

 

3.5
8.7

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

45
(22.0)
(19.4)
103

 

24.0
30.2

Other operating income

(36)
(2.0)
1.0
(72)

 

456.3
484.2

Total income

3,453
1.2
4.2
6,864

 

1.4
6.5

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(1,102)
(2.0)
1.0
(2,227)

 

(1.8)
3.1

Net operating income

2,351
2.8
5.9
4,637

 

3.1
8.2

Net loan-loss provisions

(761)
7.1
10.2
(1,471)

 

(6.4)
(1.7)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(153)
(8.8)
(6.0)
(320)

 

(1.4)
3.6

Profit before tax

1,438
2.1
5.1
2,846

 

9.3
14.8

Tax on profit

(581)
(1.9)
1.1
(1,173)

 

4.8
10.1

Profit from continuing operations

856
4.9
8.0
1,673

 

12.7
18.3

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

856
4.9
8.0
1,673

 

12.7
18.3

Non-controlling interests

(94)
(1.4)
1.6
(190)

 

14.0
19.7

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

762
5.7
8.8
1,482

 

12.6
18.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

73,175
2.0
1.2
73,175

 

12.1
8.7

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

37,661
13.0
12.1
37,661

 

8.8
5.5

Debt instruments

42,738
4.1
3.3
42,738

 

11.9
8.5

Other financial assets

6,822
20.3
19.3
6,822

 

24.5
20.7

Other asset accounts

12,474
5.2
4.4
12,474

 

9.1
5.8

Total assets

172,869
5.6
4.8
172,869

 

11.5
8.1

Customer deposits

74,698
6.3
5.5
74,698

 

10.7
7.3

Central banks and credit institutions

28,908
(2.6)
(3.4)
28,908

 

(5.7)
(8.5)

Marketable debt securities

20,584
2.9
2.1
20,584

 

15.5
12.0

Other financial liabilities

24,148
13.5
12.6
24,148

 

30.5
26.5

Other liabilities accounts

8,620
19.2
18.2
8,620

 

36.3
32.2

Total liabilities

156,958
5.7
4.9
156,958

 

11.5
8.1

Total equity

15,912
4.7
3.9
15,912

 

12.2
8.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

77,835
2.0
1.1
77,835

 

12.0
8.6

Customer funds

121,485
6.8
5.9
121,485

 

14.5
11.0

Customer deposits (3)

63,417
8.6
7.8
63,417

 

16.7
13.1

Mutual funds

58,069
4.8
4.0
58,069

 

12.2
8.7

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

22.40
1.42

 

21.65

 

1.76

 

Efficiency ratio

31.9
(1.0)

 

32.4

 

(1.1)

 

NPL ratio

5.27
0.01

 

5.27

 

0.01

 

NPL coverage

105.5
(2.2)

 

105.5

 

(3.2)

 

Number of employees

48,118
2.8

 

48,118

 

3.1

 

Number of branches

3,643
2.3

 

3,643

 

4.4

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Chile

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

500
13.5
15.0
940

 

(4.6)
(1.7)

Net fee income

97
(5.9)
(4.5)
200

 

(12.1)
(9.4)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

59
7.9
9.4
113

 

96.0
101.9

Other operating income

0
(82.6)
(81.7)
2

 

(80.7)
(80.1)

Total income

656
9.4
10.8
1,255

 

(2.1)
0.9

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(269)
5.4
6.8
(524)

 

(1.3)
1.7

Net operating income

387
12.3
13.8
731

 

(2.6)
0.3

Net loan-loss provisions

(105)
2.8
4.2
(208)

 

(12.0)
(9.4)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(1)

37

 

(31.8)
(29.8)

Profit before tax

281
0.5
1.9
560

 

(1.5)
1.5

Tax on profit

(43)
(28.0)
(26.8)
(103)

 

(10.0)
(7.3)

Profit from continuing operations

237
8.3
9.8
456

 

0.7
3.7

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

237
8.3
9.8
456

 

0.7
3.7

Non-controlling interests

(74)
4.9
6.3
(145)

 

(0.7)
2.3

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

163
9.9
11.4
311

 

1.3
4.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

40,081
1.1
2.3
40,081

 

4.8
7.0

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

4,742
18.4
19.8
4,742

 

21.8
24.4

Debt instruments

3,949
4.4
5.7
3,949

 

(5.8)
(3.8)

Other financial assets

4,551
43.7
45.5
4,551

 

55.1
58.4

Other asset accounts

2,880
(0.9)
0.3
2,880

 

57.4
60.8

Total assets

56,203
5.0
6.3
56,203

 

10.0
12.4

Customer deposits

27,122
1.4
2.7
27,122

 

2.2
4.4

Central banks and credit institutions

5,586
(6.6)
(5.5)
5,586

 

6.6
8.8

Marketable debt securities

11,076
3.5
4.8
11,076

 

11.5
13.9

Other financial liabilities

6,417
72.0
74.2
6,417

 

64.7
68.2

Other liabilities accounts

1,025
(3.3)
(2.1)
1,025

 

13.7
16.1

Total liabilities

51,226
6.2
7.5
51,226

 

10.2
12.5

Total equity

4,977
(6.0)
(4.9)
4,977

 

8.6
10.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

41,182
0.9
2.2
41,182

 

4.5
6.8

Customer funds

35,215
3.1
4.3
35,215

 

3.2
5.4

Customer deposits (3)

26,964
1.1
2.3
26,964

 

1.8
3.9

Mutual funds

8,251
10.3
11.6
8,251

 

8.1
10.3

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

18.75
2.41

 

17.63

 

(0.56)

 

Efficiency ratio

41.0
(1.6)

 

41.8

 

0.3

 

NPL ratio

4.52
(0.15)

 

4.52

 

(0.34)

 

NPL coverage

59.1
(0.6)

 

59.1

 

(0.9)

 

Number of employees

11,797
(0.8)

 

11,797

 

(1.9)

 

Number of branches

380

 

380

 

(9.5)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

66

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Argentina

 

 

 

PICTURE 200

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

 

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

298
39.6
43.8
511

 

14.2
113.4

Net fee income

125
8.1
11.8
241

 

(8.4)
71.3

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

14
(61.9)
(59.5)
52

 

(44.8)
3.3

Other operating income

(47)
34.1
38.2
(83)

 

Total income

389
17.7
21.5
720

 

(10.7)
66.9

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(229)
13.0
16.7
(431)

 

1.1
89.0

Net operating income

161
25.1
29.0
289

 

(24.0)
42.1

Net loan-loss provisions

(70)
(2.9)
0.5
(143)

 

14.7
114.5

Other gains (losses) and provisions

3

(19)

 

(66.4)
(37.1)

Profit before tax

94
178.5
185.1
127

 

(35.9)
19.7

Tax on profit

(30)
31.7
35.7
(54)

 

(12.3)
64.0

Profit from continuing operations

63
502.8
515.0
74

 

(46.5)
0.1

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

63
502.8
515.0
74

 

(46.5)
0.1

Non-controlling interests

(0)
84.1
89.1
(0)

 

(60.1)
(25.4)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

63
508.4
520.8
73

 

(46.4)
0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

5,755
(5.2)
(6.0)
5,755

 

(23.8)
9.8

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

5,198
7.9
7.1
5,198

 

42.5
105.3

Debt instruments

917
114.3
112.7
917

 

(2.6)
40.4

Other financial assets

125
10.2
9.4
125

 

411.2
636.6

Other asset accounts

909
12.1
11.3
909

 

58.5
128.4

Total assets

12,903
5.4
4.6
12,903

 

1.3
46.0

Customer deposits

9,384
6.4
5.6
9,384

 

0.5
44.8

Central banks and credit institutions

992
2.9
2.2
992

 

(0.5)
43.4

Marketable debt securities

257
4.2
3.5
257

 

(52.1)
(31.0)

Other financial liabilities

762
(10.6)
(11.3)
762

 

(6.9)
34.1

Other liabilities accounts

415
4.9
4.1
415

 

74.5
151.5

Total liabilities

11,809
4.7
4.0
11,809

 

(1.0)
42.7

Total equity

1,094
12.9
12.0
1,094

 

35.4
95.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

5,858
(0.8)
(1.6)
5,858

 

(21.0)
13.8

Customer funds

11,030
6.2
5.4
11,030

 

(2.6)
40.3

Customer deposits (3)

9,384
6.4
5.6
9,384

 

0.5
44.8

Mutual funds

1,646
5.0
4.2
1,646

 

(17.2)
19.3

Ratios (%) and operating means

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

27.09
22.01

 

16.95

 

(13.90)

 

Efficiency ratio

58.7
(2.4)

 

59.8

 

7.0

 

NPL ratio

3.79
0.29

 

3.79

 

1.39

 

NPL coverage

126.4
7.8

 

126.4

 

4.9

 

Number of employees

9,183
(0.9)

 

9,183

 

(0.4)

 

Number of branches

469
0.2

 

469

 

(2.7)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Other South America

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2’19

%

% w/o FX

H1'19

 

%

% w/o FX

Net interest income

108
(1.3)
2.4
217

 

(0.4)
4.5

Net fee income

32
10.8
14.8
60

 

3.2
9.2

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

12
14.3
17.2
22

 

0.9
5.6

Other operating income

(2)
4.2
8.8
(5)

 

22.3
32.6

Total income

149
2.0
5.8
295

 

0.2
5.2

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(64)
1.1
5.0
(127)

 

(6.1)
(1.3)

Net operating income

85
2.7
6.4
168

 

5.4
10.7

Net loan-loss provisions

(20)
9.5
13.5
(38)

 

45.4
59.1

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(1)
(31.2)
(27.0)
(3)

 

(40.6)
(37.5)

Profit before tax

64
1.7
5.2
128

 

(1.0)
3.1

Tax on profit

(17)
1.9
5.2
(33)

 

(23.2)
(21.6)

Profit from continuing operations

48
1.6
5.2
95

 

10.1
15.9

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

Consolidated profit

48
1.6
5.2
95

 

10.1
15.9

Non-controlling interests

(0)
(2.5)
(3.7)
(1)

 

30.3
24.4

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

47
1.6
5.3
94

 

10.0
15.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

5,939
1.4
4.8
5,939

 

37.2
44.6

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

2,395
5.4
10.7
2,395

 

2.8
9.2

Debt instruments

601
(18.3)
(14.3)
601

 

(12.4)
(4.9)

Other financial assets

10
9.9
12.7
10

 

5.2
12.2

Other asset accounts

193
6.9
11.7
193

 

(18.9)
(15.2)

Total assets

9,137
0.9
4.9
9,137

 

20.4
27.5

Customer deposits

5,535
(2.5)
2.3
5,535

 

7.5
15.1

Central banks and credit institutions

2,386
8.8
10.3
2,386

 

90.6
94.6

Marketable debt securities

67
12.5
12.9
67

 

30.8
28.2

Other financial liabilities

46
(3.9)
0.7
46

 

23.8
34.5

Other liabilities accounts

260
17.0
22.6
260

 

9.1
15.9

Total liabilities

8,293
1.2
5.2
8,293

 

23.3
30.7

Total equity

844
(1.8)
2.4
844

 

(2.7)
2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

6,079
1.3
4.8
6,079

 

36.1
43.4

Customer funds

5,567
(2.4)
2.4
5,567

 

7.6
15.1

Customer deposits (3)

5,535
(2.5)
2.3
5,535

 

7.5
15.1

Mutual funds

32
(1.5)
5.0
32

 

10.4
20.9

Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

2,060
1.9

 

2,060

 

(1.0)

 

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

 

 

 

PICTURE 201

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

Q2'19

Q1'19

%

H1'19

H1'18

%

Net interest income

23
22
5.3
46
38
19.4

Net fee income

1
2
(52.0)
2
2
(0.4)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

(0)
(1)
(67.6)
(2)
0

Other operating income

(4)
(4)
(4.4)
(7)
(7)
6.8

Total income

20
19
7.6
39
34
14.5

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(67)
(41)
62.4
(108)
(62)
75.0

Net operating income

(47)
(22)
108.3
(69)
(28)
149.2

Net loan-loss provisions

(0)
(0)
114.6
(0)
0

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(0)
(1)
(56.8)
(1)
(1)
(21.1)

Profit before tax

(47)
(23)
103.8
(70)
(29)
145.0

Tax on profit

7
12
(41.9)
19
6
216.8

Profit from continuing operations

(40)
(11)
266.6
(51)
(23)
125.6

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

(40)
(11)
266.6
(51)
(23)
125.6

Non-controlling interests

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

(40)
(11)
266.6
(51)
(23)
125.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

515
417
23.5
515
193
166.8

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

8,938
8,673
3.1
8,938
7,567
18.1

Debt instruments

Other financial assets

147
152
(3.0)
147
139
5.7

Other asset accounts

132
129
2.6
132
91
45.7

Total assets

9,732
9,370
3.9
9,732
7,990
21.8

Customer deposits

9,106
8,804
3.4
9,106
7,477
21.8

Central banks and credit institutions

130
75
73.2
130
83
57.6

Marketable debt securities

Other financial liabilities

67
41
65.0
67
45
48.0

Other liabilities accounts

81
60
34.1
81
131
(38.0)

Total liabilities

9,384
8,980
4.5
9,384
7,736
21.3

Total equity

348
390
(10.9)
348
254
36.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

518
420
23.4
518
196
164.4

Customer funds

9,500
9,183
3.5
9,500
8,082
17.5

Customer deposits (3)

9,106
8,804
3.4
9,106
7,477
21.8

Mutual funds

394
379
3.9
394
605
(34.9)

Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

597
545
9.5
597
427
39.8

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

CORPORATE CENTRE

 

 

 

PICTURE 202

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

Q2'19

Q1'19

%

H1'19

H1'18

%

Net interest income

(304)
(296)
2.9
(600)
(477)
25.8

Net fee income

(13)
(14)
(6.1)
(27)
(17)
53.8

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

(92)
(79)
15.7
(171)
5

Other operating income

(14)
(11)
31.8
(25)
(5)
422.9

Total income

(423)
(399)
5.9
(822)
(494)
66.4

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(96)
(97)
(1.5)
(193)
(212)
(9.1)

Net operating income

(519)
(497)
4.4
(1,015)
(706)
43.7

Net loan-loss provisions

(5)
(8)
(38.8)
(13)
(67)
(81.1)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(72)
(55)
31.4
(127)
(93)
36.5

Profit before tax

(595)
(559)
6.5
(1,155)
(866)
33.3

Tax on profit

3
33
(90.1)
36
(18)

Profit from continuing operations

(592)
(526)
12.5
(1,118)
(884)
26.5

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

(592)
(526)
12.5
(1,118)
(884)
26.5

Non-controlling interests

1
10
(94.1)
10
0

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

(592)
(517)
14.5
(1,108)
(884)
25.4

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

6,231
6,138
1.5
6,231
7,012
(11.1)

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

31,895
26,755
19.2
31,895
39,060
(18.3)

Debt instruments

952
954
(0.2)
952
351
171.4

Other financial assets

2,446
2,207
10.9
2,446
2,240
9.2

Other asset accounts

132,086
132,551
(0.4)
132,086
120,821
9.3

Total assets

173,610
168,605
3.0
173,610
169,484
2.4

Customer deposits

953
163
485.9
953
231
311.9

Central banks and credit institutions

14,650
16,920
(13.4)
14,650
29,012
(49.5)

Marketable debt securities

51,326
43,441
18.2
51,326
40,421
27.0

Other financial liabilities

2,617
2,321
12.8
2,617
1,622
61.3

Other liabilities accounts

9,743
8,356
16.6
9,743
7,763
25.5

Total liabilities

79,290
71,201
11.4
79,290
79,050
0.3

Total equity

94,320
97,404
(3.2)
94,320
90,433
4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:
Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

6,331
6,414
(1.3)
6,331
7,134
(11.3)

Customer funds

964
176
449.3
964
238
304.7

Customer deposits (3)

953
163
485.9
953
231
311.9

Mutual funds

11
13
(15.8)
11
7
59.2

Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

1,644
1,757
(6.4)
1,644
1,746
(5.8)

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

 

 

 

 

70

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

RETAIL BANKING

 

 

 

PICTURE 203

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2'19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

8,390
2.8
3.5
16,553
3.6
4.8

Net fee income

2,269
(2.0)
(0.9)
4,583
1.8
5.2

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

180
91.8
89.3
273
(9.9)
(8.1)

Other operating income

42
(44.8)
(48.8)
118
(53.0)
(56.4)

Total income

10,881
2.2
2.9
21,528
2.4
3.9

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(4,882)
1.1
1.7
(9,712)
(0.2)
1.5

Net operating income

5,999
3.1
4.0
11,816
4.5
5.9

Net loan-loss provisions

(2,090)
(3.3)
(2.6)
(4,251)
3.6
4.7

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(397)
1.3
2.4
(789)
2.8
7.6

Profit before tax

3,512
7.6
8.5
6,776
5.4
6.5

Tax on profit

(1,073)
(1.9)
(0.6)
(2,166)
3.6
5.4

Profit from continuing operations

2,439
12.4
13.1
4,610
6.2
7.1

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

2,439
12.4
13.1
4,610
6.2
7.1

Non-controlling interests

(386)
5.1
5.4
(754)
13.6
12.7

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

2,053
13.9
14.7
3,856
4.9
6.0

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

 

 

 

PICTURE 204

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2'19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

701
7.3
8.0
1,354
18.6
22.5

Net fee income

377
6.8
7.6
730
(10.9)
(9.3)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

113
(51.0)
(49.4)
343
(31.6)
(26.6)

Other operating income

123
115.7
115.7
180
80.5
83.4

Total income

1,313
1.6
2.5
2,606
1.8
5.3

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(559)
(0.1)
0.3
(1,119)
7.8
9.1

Net operating income

754
2.9
4.2
1,488
(2.3)
2.6

Net loan-loss provisions

(46)
379.0
375.1
(55)
(56.2)
(55.7)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(16)
(25.5)
(25.1)
(36)
(1.8)
(1.8)

Profit before tax

693
(1.4)
(0.1)
1,396
2.6
8.4

Tax on profit

(212)
2.0
3.5
(420)
(0.6)
5.4

Profit from continuing operations

481
(2.8)
(1.5)
976
4.1
9.7

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

481
(2.8)
(1.5)
976
4.1
9.7

Non-controlling interests

(47)
15.5
16.9
(87)
9.2
11.3

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

434
(4.4)
(3.2)
889
3.6
9.5

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial information
by segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE

 

 

 

PICTURE 205

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ Q1’19

 

/ H1'18

Underlying income statement

Q2'19

%

% excl. FX

H1'19

%

% excl. FX

Net interest income

144
3.1
3.4
283
10.6
10.7

Net fee income

298
8.1
8.5
574
(1.5)
(0.8)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

34
(0.0)
0.5
67
51.1
53.4

Other operating income

84
9.8
10.7
160
8.2
10.2

Total income

560
6.5
6.9
1,085
5.2
5.9

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(226)
(1.7)
(1.7)
(455)
2.8
2.3

Net operating income

334
12.9
13.7
630
6.9
8.7

Net loan-loss provisions

(0)

7

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(1)
(55.6)
(54.7)
(4)
(7.2)
(8.0)

Profit before tax

332
10.9
11.6
632
8.2
10.1

Tax on profit

(79)
11.9
12.7
(149)
10.7
12.6

Profit from continuing operations

254
10.5
11.3
483
7.4
9.3

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

254
10.5
11.3
483
7.4
9.3

Non-controlling interests

(13)
9.5
11.6
(24)
(6.3)
(3.1)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

241
10.6
11.3
459
8.3
10.1

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Glossary

 

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES (APM)

In addition to the financial information prepared under IFRS, this consolidated directors’ report contains financial measures that constitute alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) to comply with the guidelines on alternative performance measures issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority on October 5, 2015 and non-IFRS measures.

 

The financial measures contained in this consolidated directors’ report that qualify as APMs and non-IFRS measures have been calculated using the financial information from Santander but are not defined or detailed in the applicable financial information framework or under IFRS and have neither been audited nor reviewed by our auditors.

 

We use these APMs and non-IFRS measures when planning, monitoring and evaluating our performance. We consider these APMs and non-IFRS financial measures to be useful metrics for management and investors to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. While we believe that these APMs and non-IFRS financial measures are useful in evaluating our business, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute of IFRS measures. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate such measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

The APMs and non-IFRS measures we use in this document can be categorised as follows:

 

Underlying results

In addition to IFRS results measures, we present some results measures which are non-IFRS measures and which we refer to as underlying measures. These underlying measures allow in our view a better year-on-year comparability as they exclude items outside the ordinary course performance of our business which are grouped in the non-IFRS line management adjustments and are further detailed on page 12 of this report.

In addition, the results by business areas in the 'Geographic businesses' section are presented only on an underlying basis in accordance with IFRS 8, and reconciled on an aggregate basis to our IFRS consolidated results to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Reconciliation of underlying results to statutory results

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

First half 2019

 

Underlying
results

Adjustments

Statutory
results

Net interest income

17,636

17,636

Net fee income

5,863

5,863

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

511

511

Other operating income

426

426

Total income

24,436

24,436

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(11,587)

(11,587)

Net operating income

12,849

12,849

Net loan-loss provisions

(4,313)

(4,313)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(957)
(1,048)
(2,005)

Profit before tax

7,579
(1,048)
6,531

Tax on profit

(2,679)
230
(2,449)

Profit from continuing operations

4,900
(818)
4,082

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

4,900
(818)
4,082

Non-controlling interests

(855)
4
(851)

Attributable profit to the parent

4,045
(814)
3,231

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

Explanation of adjustments:

Net capital gains from the sale of our stake in Prisma of EUR 150 million, net capital losses of EUR 180 million for the sale of real estate assets, restructuring costs in the United Kingdom, Poland and Spain for a net impact of EUR 704 million and PPI provisions for a net amount of EUR 80 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative
performance measures

 

Reconciliation of underlying results to statutory results

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

First half 2018

 

Underlying
results

Adjustments

Statutory
results

Net interest income

16,931

16,931

Net fee income

5,889

5,889

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

854

854

Other operating income

488

488

Total income

24,162

24,162

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(11,482)

(11,482)

Net operating income

12,680

12,680

Net loan-loss provisions

(4,297)

(4,297)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(903)
(581)
(1,484)

Profit before tax

7,480
(581)
6,899

Tax on profit

(2,659)
281
(2,378)

Profit from continuing operations

4,821
(300)
4,521

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

4,821
(300)
4,521

Non-controlling interests

(769)

(769)

Attributable profit to the parent

4,052
(300)
3,752

 

(1) Includes exchange differences.

Explanation of adjustments:

Restructuring costs: The net impact of EUR -300 million on profit relates to restructuring costs in connection with the integration of Grupo Banco Popular, as follows EUR -280 million in Spain, EUR -40 million in Corporate Centre and EUR 20 million in Portugal.

Profitability and efficiency ratios

The purpose of the profitability and efficiency ratios is to measure the ratio of profit to capital, to tangible capital, to assets and to risk weighted assets, while the efficiency ratio measures how much general administrative expenses (personnel and other) and amortisation costs are needed to generate revenue.

Ratio

 

Formula

 

Relevance of the metric

 

 

 

 

 

RoE

 

Attributable profit to the parent

 

This ratio measures the return that shareholders obtain on the funds invested in the entity and as such measures the company's ability to pay shareholders.

(Return on equity)

 

Average stockholders’ equity (1) (excl. minority interests)

 

 

 

 

 

 

RoTE

 

Attributable profit to the parent

 

This is a very common indicator, used to evaluate the profitability of the company as a percentage of its tangible equity. It's measured as the return that shareholders receive as a percentage of the funds invested in the entity less intangible assets.

(Return on tangible equity)

 

Average stockholders' equity (1) (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

Attributable profit to the parent

 

This indicator measures the profitability of the tangible equity of a company arising from ordinary activities, i.e. excluding results from non-recurring operations.

 

 

Average stockholders' equity (1) (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

RoA

 

Consolidated profit

 

This metric, commonly used by analysts, measures the profitability of a company as a percentage of its total assets. It is an indicator that reflects the efficiency of the company's total funds in generating profit over a given period.

(Return on assets)

 

Average total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

RoRWA

 

Consolidated profit

 

The return adjusted for risk is an derivative of the RoA metric. The difference is that RoRWA measures profit in relation to the bank's risk weighted assets.

(Return on risk weighted assets)

 

Average risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoRWA

 

Underlying consolidated profit

 

This relates the underlying profit (excluding non-recurring results) to the bank's risk weighted assets.

 

 

Average risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

Operating expenses (2)

 

One of the most commonly used indicators when comparing productivity of different financial entities. It measures the amount of funds used to generate the bank's total income.

 

 

Total income

 

 

(1) Stockholders’ equity = Capital and Reserves + Accumulated other comprehensive income + Attributable profit to the parent + Dividends.

(2) Operating expenses = Administrative expenses + amortisations.

 

 

 

 

 

74

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Glossary

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profitability and efficiency (1) (2) (3) (4)

Q2'19

Q1'19

H1'19

H1'18

RoE

7.79%
7.85%
7.41%
8.24%

Attributable profit to the parent

7,681
7,684
7,276
7,804

Average stockholders' equity (excluding minority interests)

98,659
97,886
98,191
94,662

RoTE

11.02%
11.15%
10.51%
11.79%

Attributable profit to the parent

7,681
7,684
7,276
7,804

Average stockholders' equity (excluding minority interests)

98,659
97,886
98,191
94,662

(-) Average intangible assets

28,965
28,978
28,952
28,472

Average stockholders' equity (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

69,694
68,908
69,239
66,190

Underlying RoTE

12.03%
11.31%
11.68%
12.24%

Attributable profit to the parent

7,681
7,684
7,276
7,804

(-) Management adjustments

(706)
(108)
(814)
(300)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

8,388
7,792
8,090
8,104

Average stockholders' equity (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

69,694
68,908
69,239
66,190

RoA

0.63%
0.63%
0.60%
0.65%

Consolidated profit

9,464
9,318
8,981
9,342

Average total assets

1,500,703
1,488,505
1,492,954
1,438,444

RoRWA

1.56%
1.54%
1.48%
1.55%

Consolidated profit

9,464
9,318
8,986
9,342

Average risk weighted assets

608,697
603,340
605,979
603,424

Underlying RoRWA

1.67%
1.56%
1.62%
1.60%

Consolidated profit

9,464
9,318
8,986
9,342

(-) Management adjustments

(701)
(113)
(814)
(300)

Underlying consolidated profit

10,169
9,431
9,800
9,642

Average risk weighted assets

608,697
603,340
605,979
603,424

Efficiency ratio

47.2%
47.6%
47.4%
47.5%

Underlying operating expenses

5,829
5,758
11,587
11,482

Operating expenses

5,829
5,758
11,587
11,482

Management adjustments impact in operating expenses

Underlying total income

12,351
12,085
24,436
24,162

Total income

12,351
12,085
24,436
24,162

Management adjustments impact in total income

 

(1)

Averages included in the RoE, RoTE, RoA and RoRWA denominators are calculated using 4 months' worth of data in the case of quarterly figures (from March to June in Q2 and December to March in Q1) and 7 months in the case of H1 data (from December to June).

(2)

For periods less than one year, and if there are results in the net capital gains and provisions line, the profit used to calculate RoE and RoTE is the annualised underlying attributable profit to which said results are added without annualising.

(3)

For periods less than one year, and if there are results in the net capital gains and provisions line, the profit used to calculate RoA and RoRWA is the annualised underlying consolidated profit, to which said results are added without annualising.

(4)

The risk weighted assets included in the denominator of the RoRWA metric are calculated in line with the criteria laid out in the CRR (Capital Requirements Regulation).

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H1'19

H1'18

 

%

Total
income

Operating
expenses

%

Total
income

Operating
expenses

Europe

53.7
10,413
5,591
53.8
10,524
5,666

Spain

55.2
3,706
2,044
58.9
3,746
2,205

Santander Consumer Finance

44.6
2,321
1,035
44.9
2,266
1,018

United Kingdom

60.4
2,388
1,442
55.6
2,590
1,440

Portugal

43.8
712
312
47.2
688
324

Poland

42.8
817
349
43.4
731
317

North America

42.1
5,672
2,386
44.1
4,947
2,181

US

42.3
3,734
1,581
45.4
3,248
1,475

Mexico

41.6
1,938
806
41.6
1,699
706

South America

36.2
9,134
3,309
36.7
9,151
3,361

Brazil

32.4
6,864
2,227
33.5
6,768
2,269

Chile

41.8
1,255
524
41.5
1,282
531

Argentina

59.8
720
431
52.8
807
426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative
performance measures

 

Underlying RoTE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H1'19

H1'18

 

%

Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent

Average
stockholders'
equity (excl.
minority
interests) -
intangible
assets

%

Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent

Average
stockholders'
equity (excl.
minority
interests) -
intangible
assets

Europe

9.72
4,707
48,442
10.48
4,844
46,225

Spain

9.31
1,388
14,915
8.65
1,322
15,288

Santander Consumer Finance

15.36
1,316
8,565
17.00
1,335
7,851

United Kingdom

7.81
1,164
14,901
9.93
1,330
13,390

Portugal

12.54
520
4,150
11.56
459
3,967

Poland

9.61
300
3,119
10.93
309
2,831

North America

9.54
1,779
18,637
8.26
1,381
16,713

US

6.38
930
14,578
5.11
667
13,054

Mexico

20.47
849
4,145
19.87
713
3,589

South America

20.76
3,922
18,894
19.81
3,693
18,643

Brazil

21.65
2,965
13,696
19.89
2,634
13,247

Chile

17.63
623
3,532
18.19
615
3,379

Argentina

16.95
146
863
30.86
273
884

 

Credit risk indicators

The credit risk indicators measure the quality of the credit portfolio and the percentage of non-performing loans covered by provisions.

Ratio

 

Formula

 

Relevance of the metric

 

 

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

Non-performing loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

The NPL ratio is an important variable regarding financial institutions' activity since it gives an indication of the level of risk the entities are exposed to. It calculates risks that are, in accounting terms, declared to be non-performing as a percentage of the total outstanding amount of customer credit and contingent liabilities.

(Non-performing loans)

 

Total Risk (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage ratio

 

Provisions to cover impairment losses on loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

The coverage ratio is a fundamental metric in the financial sector. It reflects the level of provisions as a percentage of the non-performing assets (credit risk). Therefore it is a good indicator of the entity's solvency against client defaults both present and future.

 

 

Non-performing loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Credit

 

Allowances for loan-loss provisions over the last 12 months

 

This ratio quantifies loan-loss provisions arising from credit risk over a defined period of time for a given loan portfolio. As such, it acts as an indicator of credit quality.

 

 

Average loans and advances to customers over the last 12 months

 

 

(1) Total risk = Total loans and advances and guarantees to customers (performing and non-performing) + non-performing contingent liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit risk

Jun-19

Mar-19

Jun-19

Jun-18

NPL ratio

3.51%
3.62%
3.51%
3.92%

Non-performing loans and advances to customers customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

34,421
35,590
34,421
36,654

Total risk

980,885
983,790
980,885
934,388

Coverage ratio

68%
68%
68%
69%

Provisions to cover impairment losses on loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

23,432
24,129
23,432
25,148

Non-performing loans and advances to customers customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

34,421
35,590
34,421
36,654

Cost of credit

0.98%
0.97%
0.98%
0.99%

Allowances for loan-loss provisions over the last 12 months

8,889
8,762
8,889
8,729

Average loans and advances to customers over the last 12 months

910,753
899,201
910,753
880,329

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Glossary

 

NPL ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jun-19

Jun-18

 

%

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

Total risk

%

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

Total risk

Europe

3.48
24,156
694,083
3.97
27,042
681,565

Spain

7.02
15,619
222,449
7.62
17,778
233,356

Santander Consumer Finance

2.24
2,263
100,974
2.44
2,307
94,473

United Kingdom

1.13
2,863
253,953
1.13
2,842
252,124

Portugal

5.00
1,916
38,362
7.55
2,938
38,907

Poland

4.21
1,353
32,129
4.58
1,129
24,631

North America

2.29
3,120
136,013
2.82
3,183
112,858

US

2.32
2,317
99,660
2.91
2,375
81,551

Mexico

2.21
803
36,353
2.58
808
31,307

South America

4.81
6,909
143,638
4.82
6,399
132,635

Brazil

5.27
4,571
86,736
5.26
4,093
77,797

Chile

4.52
1,969
43,537
4.86
2,024
41,659

Argentina

3.79
231
6,102
2.40
188
7,853

 

Coverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jun-19

Jun-18

 

%

Provisions
to cover
impairment
losses on
loans and
advances to
customers,
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

%

Provisions
to cover
impairment
losses on loans
and advances
to customers,
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

Europe

49.9
12,047
24,156
52.9
14,318
27,042

Spain

42.9
6,699
15,619
47.5
8,450
17,778

Santander Consumer Finance

105.9
2,397
2,263
107.7
2,484
2,307

United Kingdom

31.9
914
2,863
33.8
962
2,842

Portugal

52.9
1,015
1,916
52.7
1,550
2,938

Poland

69.7
942
1,353
72.1
815
1,129

North America

150.3
4,689
3,120
146.5
4,665
3,183

US

158.4
3,670
2,317
156.9
3,727
2,375

Mexico

126.9
1,019
803
116.1
938
808

South America

93.0
6,429
6,909
94.4
6,039
6,399

Brazil

105.5
4,821
4,571
108.7
4,449
4,093

Chile

59.1
1,165
1,969
60.0
1,215
2,024

Argentina

126.4
292
231
121.5
229
188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative
performance measures

 

Other indicators

The market capitalisation indicator provides information on the volume of tangible equity per share. The loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD) identifies the relationship between net customer loans and advances and customer deposits, assessing the proportion of loans and advances granted by the Group that are funded by customer deposits.

The Group also uses gross customer loan magnitudes excluding reverse repurchase agreements (repos) and customer deposits excluding repos. In order to analyse the evolution of the traditional commercial banking business of granting loans and capturing deposits, repos and reverse repos are excluded, as they are mainly treasury business products and highly volatile.

Ratio

 

Formula

 

Relevance of the metric

 

 

 

 

 

TNAV per share

 

Tangible book value (1)

 

This is a very commonly used ratio used to measure the company's accounting value per share having deducted the intangible assets. It is useful in evaluating the amount each shareholder would receive if the company were to enter into liquidation and had to sell all the company's tangible assets.

(Tangible equity net asset value per share)

 

Number of shares excluding treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price / tangible book

 

Share price

 

Is one of the most commonly used ratios by market participants for the valuation of listed companies both in absolute terms and relative to other entities. This ratio measures the relationship between the price paid for a company and its accounting equity value.

value per share (X)

 

TNAV per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

LTD ratio

 

Net loans and advances to customers

 

This is an indicator of the bank's liquidity. It measures the total (net) loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer funds.

(Loan-to-deposit)

 

Customer deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances (excl. reverse repos)

 

Gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos

 

In order to aid analysis of the commercial banking activity, reverse repos are excluded as they are highly volatile treasury products.

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (excl. repos)

 

Customer deposits excluding repos

 

In order to aid analysis of the commercial banking activity, repos are excluded as they are highly volatile treasury products.

 

 

 

 

 

PAT + After tax fees paid to SAN (in Wealth Management & Insurance)

 

Net profit + fees paid from Santander Asset Management to Santander, net of taxes, excluding Private Banking customers

 

Metric to assess Wealth Management & Insurance's total contribution to Grupo Santander profit.

 

(1) Tangible book value = Stockholders' equity - intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Others

Jun-19

Mar-19

Jun-19

Jun-18

TNAV (tangible book value) per share

4.30
4.30
4.30
4.10

Tangible book value

69,835
69,731
69,835
66,157

Number of shares excl. treasury stock (million)

16,233
16,235
16,233
16,125

Price / Tangible book value per share (X)

0.95
0.96
0.95
1.12

Share price (euros)

4.08
4.14
4.08
4.59

TNAV (tangible book value) per share

4.30
4.30
4.30
4.10

Loan-to-deposit ratio

111%
113%
111%
111%

Net loans and advances to customers

908,235
910,195
908,235
862,092

Customer deposits

814,751
808,361
814,751
774,425

 

Q2'19

Q1'19

H1'19

H1'18

PAT + After tax fees paid to SAN (in WM&I) (Constant EUR million)

628
599
1,227
1,136

Profit after tax

254
229
483
442

Net fee income net of tax

374
370
744
694

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Glossary

 

Local currency measures

 

We make use of certain financial measures in local currency to help in the assessment of our ongoing operating performance. These non-IFRS financial measures include the results of operations of our subsidiary banks located outside the Eurozone, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. Because changes in foreign currency exchange rates do not have an operating impact on the results, we believe that evaluating their performance on a local currency basis provides an additional and meaningful assessment of performance to both management and the company’s investors.

 

The Group presents, at both the Group level as well as the business unit level, the real changes in the income statement as well as the changes excluding the exchange rate effect, as it considers the latter facilitates analysis, since it enables businesses movements to be identified without taking into account the impact of converting each local currency into euros.

 

Said variations, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, are calculated by converting P&L lines for the different business units comprising the Group into our presentation currency, the euro, applying the average exchange rate for the first half of 2019 to all periods contemplated in the analysis.

 

The Group presents, at both the Group level as well as the business unit level, the changes in euros in the balance sheet as well as the changes excluding the exchange rate effect for loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and customer funds (which comprise deposits and mutual funds) excluding repos. As with the income statement, the reason is to facilitate analysis by isolating the changes in the balance sheet that are not caused by converting each local currency into euros.

 

These changes excluding the impact of exchange rate movements are calculated by converting loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and customer funds excluding repos, into our presentation currency, the euro, applying the closing exchange rate on the last working day of the first half of 2019 to all periods contemplated in the analysis.

 

The average and period-end exchange rates for the main currencies in which the Group operates are set out in the table below.

 

Exchange rates: 1 euro / currency parity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average (Income statement)

 

Period-end (balance sheet)

 

H1'19

H1'18

 

Jun-19

Mar-19

Jun-18

US dollar

1.130
1.210

 

1.138
1.124
1.166

Pound sterling

0.873
0.880

 

0.897
0.858
0.886

Brazilian real

4.341
4.134

 

4.351
4.387
4.488

Mexican peso

21.647
23.073

 

21.820
21.691
22.882

Chilean peso

762.804
740.383

 

773.897
764.435
757.828

Argentine peso

46.643
25.832

 

48.291
48.659
33.517

Polish zloty

4.292
4.220

 

4.250
4.301
4.373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – June  2019

PICTURE 183

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander vision and
corporate culture

 

Group financial
information

 

Financial information
by segments

 

Responsible banking
Corporate governance
Santander share

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Glossary

 

GLOSSARY

 

Active customer: Those customers who comply with balance, income and/or transactionality demanded minima defined according to the business area

ALCO: Assets and Liabilities Committee

APM: Alternative Performance Measures

Banco Popular/Popular: Banco Popular Español, S.A., a bank whose share capital was acquired by Banco Santander, S.A. on June 7, 2017 and was merged into Santander in September 2018

bps : basis points

CAGR: Compound annual growth rate

CEO : Chief Executive Officer

CET1 : Core equity tier 1

CFO : Chief Financial Officer

CNMV:  Spanish National Securities Market Commission ( Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores )

Digital customers : Every consumer of a commercial bank’s services who has logged on to their personal online banking and/or mobile banking in the last 30 days

ECB : European Central Bank

EIB : European Investment Bank

ESG : Environmental, Social and Governance

EPS : Earnings Per Share

ESMA : European Securities and Markets Authority

Fed : Federal Reserve

FX : Foreign Exchange

GDP : Gross Domestic Product

GRI : Global Reporting Initiative

IFRS 9 : International Financial Reporting Standard 9, regarding financial instruments

IFRS 16 : International Financial Reporting Standard 16, regarding leases

IT&O: Information technology and operations

LCR: Liquidity Coverage Ratio

Loyal customers: Active customers who receive most of their financial services from the Group according to the commercial segment that they belong to. Various engaged customer levels have been defined taking profitability into account.

 

NPLs: Non-performing loans

P/E ratio: Price / earnings per share ratio

pp: percentage points

Repos: Repurchase agreements

RoA : Return on assets

RoE : Return on equity

RoRAC : Return on risk adjusted capital

RoRWA : Return on risk weighted assets

RoTE : Return on tangible equity

RWAs : Risk weighted assets

SAM : Santander Asset Management

SBNA : Santander Bank N.A.

SCF : Santander Consumer Finance

SCIB : Santander Corporate & Investment Banking

SC USA : Santander Consumer USA

SEC : Securities and Exchanges Commission

SRF : Single Resolution Fund

SGP : Santander Global Platform

SHUSA: Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

SMEs : Small or medium enterprises

SPB : Santander Private Banking

SPF : Simple, Personal and Fair

SSM : Single Supervisory Mechanism, the system of banking supervision in Europe. It comprises the ECB and the national supervisory authorities of the participating countries

T1 : Tier 1

TLAC : The total loss absorption capacity requirement which is required to be met under the CRD V package

TNAV : Tangible net asset value

TRIM : Targeted review of internal models

UK : United Kingdom

US : United States of America

VaR : Value at Risk

WM&I : Wealth Management & Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

PICTURE 64

January – June  2019

 

 

 

PICTURE 63

 

OTHER DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY THE BANK OF SPAIN

 

Financing for real estate construction and development

 

Policies and strategies to manage risks of financing for real estate construction

 

The policies for managing this portfolio, which are regularly reviewed and approved by the Group's senior management, are currently focused on reducing and consolidating exposure, while also staying attuned to new, viable business opportunities.

 

In order to manage this credit exposure, the Santander Group creates specialised teams that work not only in the risk areas, but also as a support for the entire life cycle of the operations: commercial management, legal treatment, potential recovery, etc.

 

Proactive management of these risks has allowed the Group to significantly reduce its exposure, ensuring a granular, regionally-diversified portfolio in which financing for second homes represents a very small portion overall. Mortgage loans for undeveloped land account for only a reduced portion of total land mortgage exposure, as the bulk of these loans relate to developed or developable land.

 

Exposure to financing of completed residences has been significantly reduced through a number of actions. In tandem with existing specialised sales channels, the Group carried out campaigns supported by specific management teams. In the case of the Santander network, these teams were directly guided by the recovery area. By directly managing loans to property developers and buyers and applying buyer reduction criteria, the Bank was able to subrogate outstanding loans. Subrogating the sale price and adapting financing conditions to borrowers' needs made it possible to diversify risk to a business segment whose NPL ratio is markedly lower.

 

Loan approval processes are managed by specialised teams working in direct coordination with sales teams, under clearly-defined policies and criteria:

 

-    Property developers must have a strong creditworthiness profile and demonstrable market experience.

 

-    Strict criteria are applied for transaction parameters: financing for the cost of construction only, high percentage of accredited sales, financing for primary residences, etc.

 

-    Support is given for financing state-sponsored housing, with high percentages of accredited sales.

 

-    Land financing is restricted to the level needed to re-establish proper coverage for existing financing or to increase collateral.

 

In addition to ongoing control by the Group's risk monitoring teams, a technical unit is specialised in monitoring and controlling this portfolio in respect of progress of works, compliance with work schedules and control of sales, as well as validation and control of payments made upon work certified. To that end, Santander uses specific tools created for this purpose. All mortgage distributions, drawdowns for any reason, modification of grace periods, etc., are authorised centrally.

 

In the event projects in the construction phase present any type of difficulty, the Group guarantees completion of the work in order to ensure that it has finished buildings that can be sold in the market. Individual analyses are carried out for each project and the most efficient measures are adopted for each specific case (supplier payment structures that ensure completion of the works, specific drawdown calendars, etc.).

81

 

 

PICTURE 78

 

In those cases that could potentially warrant a possible restructuring of the exposure, this restructuring is analysed collaboratively between the risks area and the recovery business area. The analysis is performed before any default occurs, in order to ensure that the payment structure of each project allows for its successful completion. These operations are authorised centrally by expert teams, applying strict criteria in line with the Group's prudent risk management principles. Possible losses are recognised as soon as they are identified, classifying the positions as needed and making any provisions required before any default occurs, in line with Bank of Spain regulations.

 

On-balance sheet real estate assets are managed through specialised property sales companies (Altamira Santander Real Estate, S.A. and Promodomus Desarrollo de Activos, S.L.), supported by the commercial network structure. Sales are made at low prices, in response to market conditions.

 

Foreclosed assets (Spain)

 

The sale and foreclosure of real estate assets is one of the mechanisms adopted in Spain in order to efficiently manage the portfolio.

 

The Group views acquisitions as a more effective tool for resolving defaulted loans than recurring to legal enforcement proceedings, given the following factors:

 

-     Immediate availability of assets after an acquisition, compared to lengthy legal proceedings

 

-     Cost savings

 

-     Enhanced viability of companies, as acquisition provides them with an injection of liquidity

 

-     Reduction in the possible loss of value of loans to these customers

 

-     Reduction in exposure and expected loss

 

82

 

 

PICTURE 129

 

Disclosures required under Bank of Spain Circular 7/2010 on certain aspects of the mortgage market

 

a)  Assets

 

As required under Bank of Spain Circular 7/2010 and Circular 5/2011 of November 30 on certain aspects of the mortgage market, details are provided below of the nominal value of all mortgage loans and credits and of those that are eligible, pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009 regulating the Spanish mortgage market, for calculating the limit for issuing mortgage covered bonds, mortgage loans and credits covering the issue of mortgage bonds, loans that have been monetised through mortgage participations or mortgage transfer certificates and uncommitted transactions corresponding to Banco Santander, S.A.

 

At June 30, 2019, the breakdown of mortgage loans, based on their eligibility in respect of mortgage market calculations, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

Millions of
euros

 

Nominal
value

 

30-06-2019

 

 

Total mortgage loans and credits (*)

100,629 

 

 

Mortgage participations issued

522 

Of which: On-balance sheet loans

 

 

Mortgage transfer certificates issued

14,536 

Of which: On-balance sheet loans

14,508 

 

 

Mortgage loans and credits securing financing received

 

 

Mortgage loans and credits backing the issue of mortgage bonds and mortgage covered bonds (**)

85,571 

i) Ineligible mortgage loans and credits (***)

26,107 

-   That meet the eligibility requirements except for the limit established in article 5.1 of RD 716/2009

14,172 

-   Others

11,935 

ii) Eligible mortgage loans and credits (****)

59,464 

-   Amounts not included in calculation (*****)

13 

-   Amounts included in calculation

59,451 

a) Mortgage loans and credits covering issues of mortgage bonds

b) Mortgage loans and credits covering issues of mortgage covered bonds

59,464 

 

(*)        Including those acquired through mortgage participations and mortgage transfer certificates, even when derecognised from the balance sheet.

(**)      Total loans less mortgage participations issued, mortgage transfer certificates issued and mortgage loans securing financing received.

(***)     As the requirements of article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009 are not meet.

(****)    As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation pursuant to article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009.

(*****)  In line with the criteria set out under article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009.

83

 

 

PICTURE 133

 

The nominal value of outstanding mortgage loans and credits and the nominal value of eligible loans and credits pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009, without taking into account the calculation limits established in article 12 thereof and broken down by origin, currency, payment status, average residual maturity, interest rate, holder and type of collateral are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

30-06-2019

 

Mortgage loans and
credits backing the
issue of mortgage
bonds and mortgage
covered bonds

Of which: Eligible
loans (*)

 

 

 

Origin

 

 

Originated by the Bank

83,485 

57,826 

Derived from subrogations

2,086 

1,638 

Other

 

85,571 

59,464 

Currency

 

 

Euros

84,466 

59,399 

Other currencies

1,105 

65 

 

85,571 

59,464 

Payment status

 

 

Performing

75,769 

57,705 

Other status

9,802 

1,759 

 

85,571 

59,464 

Residual maturity

 

 

Up to 10 years

28,186 

16,012 

10 to 20 years

31,059 

25,192 

20 to 30 years

22,310 

17,307 

Over 30 years

4,016 

953 

 

85,571 

59,464 

Interest rate

 

 

Fixed interest

10,237 

6,986 

Variable interest

75,334 

52,478 

Mixed interest

 

85,571 

59,464 

Holder

 

 

Legal entities and individual business owners

29,706 

14,762 

Of which: Real estate developers

3,560 

252 

Other individuals and non-profit institutions serving households

55,865 

44,702 

 

85,571 

59,464 

Type of collateral

 

 

Finished buildings – residential

62,005 

48,139 

Of which: State-sponsored housing

3,653 

2,694 

Finished buildings – commercial

8,611 

4,675 

Finished buildings – other

9,953 

4,985 

Buildings under construction – residential

1,125 

78 

Of which: State-sponsored housing

40 

Buildings under construction – commercial

63 

Buildings under construction – other

210 

Land – certified for development

1,882 

677 

Land – other

1,722 

903 

 

85,571 

59,464 

 

(*)   As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation established in article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009

84

 

 

PICTURE 178

 

The nominal value of mortgage loans and credits eligible pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009, without taking into account the calculation limits established in article 12 thereof and broken down by the percentage loan-to-value (LTV) are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-06-2019

 

LTV (millions of euros)

 

<=40%

>40%, <=
60%

>60%,
<=80%

>80%

Total

Mortgage loans and credits eligible for issuing mortgage bonds and mortgage covered bonds (*)

24,339 

21,815 

13,310 

59,464 

Residential

18,423 

16,484 

13,310 

48,217 

Other

5,916 

5,331 

11,247 

 

(*)   As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation established in article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009

 

Changes in the nominal value of mortgage loans and credits, both eligible and ineligible pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

Eligible
mortgage loans
and credits (*)

Ineligible
mortgage
loans and
credits (**)

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

59,057 

24,648 

Derecognitions during the period

5,518 

3,659 

Repaid upon maturity

94 

493 

Repaid early

3,271 

1,619 

Subrogated by other entities

Other

2,153 

1,547 

Additions during the period

5,925 

5,118 

Originated by the Bank

4,231 

3,803 

Subrogated from other entities

Other

1,690 

1,314 

Balance at June 30, 2019

59,464 

26,107 

 

(*)  As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation pursuant to article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009

(**) As the requirements of article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009 are not meet

85

 

 

PICTURE 179

 

The breakdown of available balances of mortgage loans and credits backing the issue of mortgage bonds and mortgage covered bonds is as follows:

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

Nominal value (*)

 

30-06-2019

Potentially eligible (**)

637 

Ineligible

2,110 

 

(*) Amounts committed less amounts drawn down, including those amounts only delivered to developers upon sale of the property

(**) Pursuant to article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009

 

b)  Liabilities

 

The Bank has not issued any mortgage bonds. The aggregate nominal value of outstanding mortgage covered bonds issued by the Bank, pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009 and broken down by residual maturity, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-06-2019

Millions of euros

Less

 

 

 

 

 

than 3

3 to 5

5 to 10

Over 10

Total

 

years

years

years

years

 

Issued through public offerings:

15,590 

5,675 

14,100 

3,684 

39,049 

Marketable mortgage covered bonds (1)

15,590 

5,675 

14,100 

3,684 

39,049 

EIB covered bonds

100 

100 

Multi-seller bonds

300 

300 

Other issue

Marketable mortgage covered bonds

(-) Issues not recognised under liabilities

17,661 

Total issued through public offerings and placed in the market

21,388 

 

(1) Recognised under "Financial liabilities at amortised cost - Marketable debt securities", for a cash value of EUR 22.156 million, after deducting unrecognised issues

 

At the subject date, the Bank's overcollateralisation stood at 219% (based on all mortgage covered bonds, EUR 39,049 million), compared to the nominal value of the mortgage loan and credit portfolio pending repayment in accordance with Royal Decree 716/2009 (EUR 85,571 million).

 

None of the mortgage covered bonds issued by the Bank have replacement assets.

86

 

 

PICTURE 180

 

The aggregate nominal value of outstanding mortgage transfer certificates issued by the Bank at June 30, 2019, based on residual maturity, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

30-06-2019

Less
than 3
years

3 to 5
years

5 to 10
years

Over 10
years

Total

Mortgage transfer certificates

14,494 

14,494 

Issued through public offerings

14 

14 

 

The members of the Board of Directors hereby state that the Bank has implemented policies and procedures to expressly address all activities carried out in respect of the mortgage market issues it performs and to ensure rigorous compliance with mortgage market regulations applicable to these activities as per Royal Decree 716/2009 of April 24, implementing certain aspects of Mortgage Market Law 2/1981 of March 25, and therefore, of Bank of Spain Circular 7/2010 of November 30, along with other regulations governing the mortgage and financial system. In addition, the financial management area defines the Bank's funding strategy.

 

The risk policies applied to mortgage market transactions foresee maximum loan-to-value limits. In addition, specific policies are in place for each mortgage product, which at times apply even more restrictive limits. The general policies defined in that respect require that a repayment capacity analysis be carried out for each potential customer. This analysis determines whether the customer's income is sufficient to allow it to settle each repayment required. In addition, the analysis determines whether the customer's income can be considered stable over the entire lifetime of the transaction in question. The indicator used to measure repayment capacity (housing affordability index) of each customer primarily looks at the ratio of the potential debt to the borrowers' income, taking into account both monthly repayments on the requested transaction as well as for other debts held, in comparison with monthly salary income and any other duly-justified income.

 

In ascertaining the customer's information and creditworthiness, the Bank applies specialised documentary verification tools and procedures (see Note 49 to the Bank's financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018).

 

Under the Bank's procedures, an individual appraisal must be carried out by an independent appraisal company for each mortgage loan originated in the mortgage market.

 

Although under article 5 of Mortgage Market Law 41/2007 any Bank of Spain-certified appraisal company may issue valid valuation reports, under this same article, the Bank of Spain sets out a series of verifications, selecting, among these entities, a smaller group with which it signs collaboration agreements, applying special conditions and automated control mechanisms. The Bank's internal regulations further specify, in detail, each internally-certified appraisal company, along with the pertinent certification requirements and procedures and the specific review controls established. This regulation also governs the functioning of an appraisal committee comprising several Bank areas that engage with these appraisal companies. The purpose of this committee is to regulate and adapt internal rules, as well as these companies' procedures, to the market and business situation.

87

 

 

PICTURE 181

 

In this way, the appraisal companies that wish to work with the Bank must have a relevant activity in the mortgage market and in the region in question, pass certain filters in respect of independence criteria, technical capacity and creditworthiness (to ensure their business continuity) and, lastly, successfully complete a series of tests prior to definitive certification.

 

Moreover, in accordance with the Bank's internal regulations, any appraisal submitted by a potential customer is reviewed, regardless of the issuing company, in order to formally verify that all requirements, procedures and methods employed are suitable for the asset valued, based on prevailing regulations, and that the values reported are in line with market conditions.

 

Disclosures required under Bank of Spain Circular 6/2012 on sector and geographic concentration of risk

 

Concentration of risk

 

The breakdown at June 30, 2019 of the concentration of the Group's risk, by activity and geographic location of counterparties, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

30-06-2019

 

Total

Spain

Rest of
the
European
Union

America

Rest of
the world

Central banks and credit institutions

263,086 

42,770 

123,822 

81,516 

14,978 

Public administrations

176,355 

57,428 

43,382 

68,897 

6,648 

Central government

155,825 

45,889 

39,522 

63,789 

6,625 

Other public administrations

20,530 

11,539 

3,860 

5,108 

23 

Other financial institutions

102,871 

15,645 

53,848 

29,021 

4,357 

Non-financial companies and individual entrepreneurs

398,225 

125,572 

121,208 

135,218 

16,227 

Real estate construction and development (b)

26,773 

5,139 

4,731 

16,771 

132 

Civil engineering

5,724 

3,368 

1,706 

627 

23 

Large companies (c)

233,234 

60,281 

75,982 

82,385 

14,586 

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs (c)

132,494 

56,784 

38,789 

35,435 

1,486 

Other households and non-profit institutions serving households

503,663 

90,556 

280,950 

123,392 

8,765 

Residential (d)

317,894 

63,105 

211,920 

41,961 

908 

Consumer (d)

164,203 

20,463 

66,792 

71,997 

4,951 

Other purposes (d)

21,566 

6,988 

2,238 

9,434 

2,906 

Total

1,444,200 

331,971 

623,210 

438,044 

50,975 

 

(*)  For the purpose of this table, the definition of risk includes the following public balance sheet items: loans and advances to credit institutions, deposits at central banks, loans and advances to customers, debt securities, capital instruments, trading derivatives, hedging derivatives, equity investments and guarantees extended.

88

 

 

PICTURE 182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros (*)

 

 

 

Secured loans

 

 

 

Net exposure

Loan-to-value (a)

 

Total

Unsecured
loans

Of which:
Mortgage
collateral

Of which:
Other
collateral

Less than
or equal
to 40%

Greater
than 40%
and less
than or
equal to
60%

Greater
than 60%
and less
than or
equal to
80%

Greater
than 80%
and less
than or
equal to
100%

Greater
than 100%

Public administrations

23,580 

22,481 

271 

828 

111 

123 

62 

682 

121 

Other financial institutions

52,495 

16,326 

1,081 

35,088 

854 

600 

503 

33,757 

455 

Non-financial companies and individual entrepreneurs

311,933 

161,745 

71,909 

78,279 

31,010 

22,504 

23,075 

45,587 

28,012 

Real estate construction and development

23,969 

1,758 

19,910 

2,301 

6,680 

5,968 

4,386 

3,323 

1,854 

Civil engineering

3,220 

1,791 

394 

1,035 

128 

309 

79 

420 

493 

Large companies

165,612 

101,685 

21,368 

42,559 

11,742 

7,415 

10,459 

21,046 

13,265 

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs

119,132 

56,511 

30,237 

32,384 

12,460 

8,812 

8,151 

20,798 

12,400 

Other households and non-profit institutions serving households

498,814 

112,726 

327,544 

58,544 

86,143 

104,204 

105,585 

55,389 

34,767 

Residential

317,876 

1,921 

315,225 

730 

77,787 

98,130 

99,454 

34,816 

5,768 

Consumer

163,009 

107,159 

4,259 

51,591 

4,766 

4,095 

3,733 

15,600 

27,656 

Other purposes

17,929 

3,646 

8,060 

6,223 

3,590 

1,979 

2,398 

4,973 

1,343 

Subtotal

886,822 

313,278 

400,805 

172,739 

118,118 

127,431 

129,225 

135,415 

63,355 

Memorandum item Refinanced and restructured transactions (**)

25,287 

5,310 

14,285 

5,692 

3,162 

3,004 

2,855 

3,157 

7,799 

 

(*)  In addition, the Group has granted customer prepayments amounting to EUR 21,413 million; therefore, the total amount of credits and customer prepayments amounts to EUR 908,235 million.

 

(**) Includes fair value impairment and losses net balance due to credit risk.

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 6-K and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this report on its behalf.

 

 

 

    

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ José G. Cantera

 

 

Name:

José G. Cantera

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Date: July 30, 2019

 

90